[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI870782B - Elliptical polarizing plate - Google Patents

Elliptical polarizing plate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI870782B
TWI870782B TW112105619A TW112105619A TWI870782B TW I870782 B TWI870782 B TW I870782B TW 112105619 A TW112105619 A TW 112105619A TW 112105619 A TW112105619 A TW 112105619A TW I870782 B TWI870782 B TW I870782B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
liquid crystal
phase difference
wavelength
refractive index
Prior art date
Application number
TW112105619A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202323879A (en
Inventor
西辰昌
幡中伸行
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202323879A publication Critical patent/TW202323879A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI870782B publication Critical patent/TWI870782B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • G02B5/3041Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks
    • G02B5/305Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks including organic materials, e.g. polymeric layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/301Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/875Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K59/879Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising refractive means, e.g. lenses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8793Arrangements for polarized light emission
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/08Dimensions, e.g. volume
    • B32B2309/10Dimensions, e.g. volume linear, e.g. length, distance, width
    • B32B2309/105Thickness

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an elliptical polarizing plate having excellent processing characteristics without defects such as waving on a cut end face even if cutting is performed.
The present invention relates to an elliptical polarizing plate having a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer, and a reinforcing layer; wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound oriented in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer, the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is 3 μm or less, and the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer and the reinforcing layer is 5 μm or less.

Description

橢圓偏光板 Elliptical polarizing plate

本發明係關於可利用於顯示器等的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an elliptical polarizing plate that can be used in a display, etc., and an organic EL display device including the elliptical polarizing plate.

近年來,隨著顯示器的多樣化,要求橢圓偏光板的薄膜化。就用以使橢圓偏光板薄膜化之一方法而言,已知將橢圓偏光板所使用的相位差板,從延伸相位差板變更為由聚合性液晶化合物在已配向的狀態下硬化所得之液晶硬化膜所成的相位差板。例如,專利文獻1揭示組合有由液晶硬化膜所成的水平配向的λ/4相位差板以及由液晶硬化膜所成的在膜厚方向具有各向異性(也稱為異向性)的相位差板的附光學補償功能的圓偏光板。 In recent years, with the diversification of displays, there is a demand for thinner elliptical polarizers. As one method for thinning elliptical polarizers, it is known to change the phase difference plate used in the elliptical polarizer from a stretched phase difference plate to a phase difference plate formed by a liquid crystal cured film obtained by curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a circular polarizer with an optical compensation function that combines a horizontally aligned λ/4 phase difference plate formed by a liquid crystal cured film and a phase difference plate formed by a liquid crystal cured film having anisotropy (also called anisotropy) in the film thickness direction.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2015-163935號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-163935

但是,橢圓偏光板所含的液晶硬化膜為了 薄膜化,係藉由在基材上形成液晶硬化膜後,轉印至偏光板,而只剝離基材的方法而形成,但剝離基材後的液晶硬化膜的機械強度不足。所以,若欲將形成於基材上的液晶硬化膜單獨轉印至偏光板而得到橢圓偏光板時,在將所得之膜切割為符合目的之製品的大小的情況,有時會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。 However, in order to make the liquid crystal cured film contained in the elliptical polarizing plate thinner, it is formed by forming the liquid crystal cured film on the substrate, transferring it to the polarizing plate, and then peeling off the substrate. However, the mechanical strength of the liquid crystal cured film after peeling off the substrate is insufficient. Therefore, if the liquid crystal cured film formed on the substrate is transferred to the polarizing plate alone to obtain an elliptical polarizing plate, when the obtained film is cut into the size of the product that meets the purpose, defects such as wavy undulations may occur on the cut end surface.

所以,本發明的目的係關於即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷且具有良好的加工特性的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 Therefore, the purpose of the present invention is to provide an elliptical polarizing plate that does not produce defects such as wavy undulations on the cut end surface even when cut and has good processing characteristics, and an organic EL display device including the elliptical polarizing plate.

本發明人為了解決上述課題,致力檢討的結果,完成本發明。亦即,本發明包含以下者。 The inventor of the present invention has completed the present invention as a result of his/her efforts to solve the above-mentioned problems. That is, the present invention includes the following.

[1]一種橢圓偏光板,其係具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。 [1] An elliptical polarizing plate comprising a polarizing layer, a λ/4 phase difference layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer and a reinforcing layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer, and the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is less than 3 μm.

此處,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離例如為5μm以下。 Here, the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer and the reinforcing layer is, for example, less than 5 μm.

[2]如[1]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層的膜厚為1至10μm。 [2] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in [1], wherein the thickness of the reinforcing layer is 1 to 10 μm.

[3]如[1]或[2]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚 合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。 [3] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in [1] or [2], wherein the λ/4 phase difference layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that is aligned in a horizontal direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer.

[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層。 [4] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [3], which comprises a polarizing layer, a λ/4 phase difference layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, and a reinforcing layer in sequence.

[5]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層。 [5] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [3], which comprises a polarizing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, a reinforcing layer, and a λ/4 phase difference layer in sequence.

[6]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 [6] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [3], which comprises a polarizing layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, and a λ/4 phase difference layer in sequence.

[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷(oxetane)樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成者。 [7] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [6], wherein the reinforcing layer comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin.

[8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係在垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層之間具有膜厚5μm以下的配向層,該配向層為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。 [8] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [7], which has an alignment layer with a thickness of 5 μm or less between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer and the reinforcing layer, wherein the alignment layer is a layer composed of a compound containing Si, C and O as constituent elements.

[9]如[1]至[8]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。 [9] An elliptical polarizer as described in any one of [1] to [8], wherein the difference in the average in-plane refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm between adjacent layers is less than 0.20.

[10]如[1]至[9]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, [10] An elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [9], wherein, with respect to the λ/4 phase difference layer, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer, in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm, the following relationship exists,

nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) [式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率]; nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) [where nxQ(λ) represents the principal refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the phase difference layer plane; nyQ(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the phase difference layer plane and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ(λ); nzQ(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction perpendicular to the phase difference layer plane];

並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係, And satisfy the following relationships (1) to (3),

ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以 [In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, ReQ(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, ReQ(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm, and the in-plane phase difference value ReQ(λ) of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) is

ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer].

[11]如[1]至[10]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, [11] An elliptical polarizer as described in any one of [1] to [10], wherein, with respect to the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm, the following relationship exists,

nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率,nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係, [In the formula, nzV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer; nxV(λ) represents the maximum refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer; nyV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer and orthogonal to the direction of nxV; however, in the case of nxV(λ)=nyV(λ), nxV(λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer]; and the following relationships (4) to (6) are satisfied,

RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以 [In the formula, RthV(450) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, RthV(550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, RthV(650) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm, and the phase difference value RthV(λ) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) is

RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向 的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV; Here, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer, nzV(λ) represents the principal refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm), and "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" represents the average refractive index in the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm); dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer].

[12]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[11]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [12] An organic EL display device comprising an elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [11].

[13]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[12]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [13] An organic EL display device comprising an elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [12].

本發明的橢圓偏光板,即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷,且具有良好的加工特性。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention will not produce defects such as wavy shapes on the cut end surface even if it is cut, and has good processing characteristics.

1,10,100:橢圓偏光板 1,10,100: elliptical polarizing plate

2:偏光層 2: Polarizing layer

3:黏接著劑層 3: Adhesive layer

4:λ/4相位差層 4:λ/4 phase difference layer

5:配向層 5: Orientation layer

6:垂直配向液晶硬化層 6: Vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer

7:垂直配向層 7: Vertical alignment layer

8:補強層 8: Reinforcement layer

第1圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Figure 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

第2圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Figure 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

第3圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的橢圓偏光板具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,各層的積層順序可適當地選擇。於較佳的態樣中,各層係依下述的順序積層。偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層;偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層;偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention has a polarizing layer, a λ/4 phase difference layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer and a reinforcing layer, and the stacking order of each layer can be appropriately selected. In a preferred embodiment, each layer is stacked in the following order. Polarizing layer, λ/4 phase difference layer, vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, reinforcing layer; polarizing layer, vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, reinforcing layer, λ/4 phase difference layer; polarizing layer, reinforcing layer, vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, λ/4 phase difference layer.

依該等順序積層的本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例表示於第1至3圖,但本發明不限於該等態樣。 An example of the layer structure of the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention stacked in this order is shown in Figures 1 to 3, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect.

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑層3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5、黏接著劑層3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8。第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑層3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8、黏接著劑層3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑層3、補強層8、垂直配向層7、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、黏接著劑層3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。橢圓偏光板1、10及100係以偏光層2的吸收軸對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合。而且,偏光層2可在偏光片的單面(黏接著劑層3的相反的面)具備透明保護膜。於本說明書中,所謂實質上45°,通常為45°±5°的範圍。 The elliptical polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 sequentially comprises a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive layer 3, a λ/4 phase difference layer 4, an alignment layer 5, an adhesive layer 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7, and a reinforcing layer 8. The elliptical polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 sequentially comprises a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive layer 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7, a reinforcing layer 8, an adhesive layer 3, a λ/4 phase difference layer 4, and an alignment layer 5. The elliptical polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 sequentially comprises a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive layer 3, a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7, a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6, an adhesive layer 3, a λ/4 phase difference layer 4, and an alignment layer 5. The elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 are bonded together in such a way that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45° with respect to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4. In addition, the polarizing layer 2 may have a transparent protective film on one side of the polarizing plate (the side opposite to the adhesive layer 3). In this specification, the so-called substantially 45° is usually in the range of 45°±5°.

[補強層] [Reinforcement layer]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100具備補強層8,該補強層8具有補強橢圓偏光板所含的層(特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6)的功能。橢圓偏光板1、10及100,即使垂直配向液晶硬化層6為薄膜,補強層8仍可充分補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度,若垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離小,則可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度。所以,橢圓偏光板的加工特性提高,並可有效地抑制或防止切割端面的缺陷。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「層間距離」係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的最短距離,所謂「加工特性」係意指在切割橢圓偏光板時,可抑制或防止在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷之特性。 The elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100 of the present invention have a reinforcing layer 8, and the reinforcing layer 8 has a function of reinforcing the layers (particularly the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6) included in the elliptical polarizing plates. In the elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100, even if the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 is a thin film, the reinforcing layer 8 can still fully reinforce the strength of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6. If the distance between the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 is small, the strength of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 can be more fully reinforced. Therefore, the processing characteristics of the elliptical polarizing plates are improved, and the defects of the cut end surface can be effectively suppressed or prevented. Furthermore, in this specification, the so-called "interlayer distance" refers to the shortest distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, and the so-called "processing characteristics" refers to the characteristics that can suppress or prevent the generation of defects such as wavy undulations on the cut end surface when cutting the elliptical polarizing plate.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離例如為5μm以下,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為1.5μm以下,又更佳為1.0μm以下,再更佳為500nm以下,特佳為300nm以下。若沒有垂直配向層7,則層間距離為0nm。層間距離的下限必然會依垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間的層的膜厚(在第1至3圖的態樣中為垂直配向層7的膜厚)而決定,故無特別限制,較佳為1nm以上。層間距離為上述上限以下時,補強層8可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可顯現良好的加工特性,故在切割橢圓偏光板時,不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。而且,層間距離越短,補強層8越容易貢獻對垂直配向液晶硬化層6的補強,故有加工特性提高的傾向。 The interlayer distance between the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 is, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1.5 μm or less, still more preferably 1.0 μm or less, still more preferably 500 nm or less, and particularly preferably 300 nm or less. If there is no vertical alignment layer 7, the interlayer distance is 0 nm. The lower limit of the interlayer distance is necessarily determined by the film thickness of the layer between the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 (the film thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 in the embodiment of FIGS. 1 to 3), so there is no particular limitation, but it is preferably 1 nm or more. When the interlayer distance is below the upper limit, the reinforcing layer 8 can more fully reinforce the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6, and can show good processing characteristics. Therefore, when cutting the elliptical polarizing plate, no defects such as wavy undulations will occur on the cut end surface. Moreover, the shorter the interlayer distance, the easier it is for the reinforcing layer 8 to contribute to the reinforcement of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6, so there is a tendency to improve processing characteristics.

補強層8係由可發揮能夠補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度的材料所構成,例如包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。該等之中,從容易形成硬化性高、補強性高的補強層8的觀點來看,較佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂 及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成,更佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂及胺酯樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。 The reinforcing layer 8 is composed of a material capable of reinforcing the strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, cyclobutane oxide resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. Among them, from the perspective of easily forming a reinforcing layer 8 with high curability and high reinforcement, it is preferably composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, cyclobutane oxide resin, urethane resin and melamine resin, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin and urethane resin.

補強層8較佳為包含以熱、光而硬化的硬化性材料的硬化性組成物的硬化物。包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如:單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯;多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、參(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯;乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、參(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯等。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用,從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同的觀點來看,可與環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。再者,於本說明書中,有時將丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,有時將丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸。 The reinforcing layer 8 is preferably a hardened material of a hardening composition including a hardening material that hardens with heat or light. The curable material of the reinforcement layer 8 composed of acrylic resin can be exemplified by: monofunctional (meth)acrylates, such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; polyfunctional (meth)acrylates, such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane triacrylate, trihydroxymethylethane triacrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane triacrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tetraacrylate, pentaglycerol triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, glycerol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, Dipentatriol pentaacrylate, dipentatriol hexaacrylate, 3-(acryloyloxyethyl) trimer isocyanate; ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane trimethacrylate, trihydroxymethylethane trimethacrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane trimethacrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tetramethacrylate, pentaglycerol trimethacrylate, pentatriol trimethacrylate, pentatriol tetramethacrylate, glycerol trimethacrylate, dipentatriol trimethacrylate, dipentatriol tetramethacrylate, dipentatriol pentamethacrylate, dipentatriol hexamethacrylate, 3-(methacryloyloxyethyl) trimer isocyanate, etc. (Meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. (Meth)acrylates can be appropriately selected from the viewpoints of suppressing curling caused by heating during and after curing, improving processing characteristics, and ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8. Moreover, from the same viewpoint, they can be mixed with epoxy resins, cyclohexane resins, amine resins, melamine resins, etc. Furthermore, in this specification, acrylates and methacrylates are sometimes collectively referred to as (meth)acrylates, and acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are sometimes collectively referred to as (meth)acrylic acid.

包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯、多元醇及二異氰酸酯的反應生成物之胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。具體而言,胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可藉由從(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯與多元醇調製分子內具有至少1個羥基的羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,並使其與二異氰酸酯反應而製造。胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 composed of an amine resin may be, for example, an amine (meth)acrylate that is a reaction product of (meth)acrylic acid and/or (meth)acrylate, polyol, and diisocyanate. Specifically, the amine (meth)acrylate can be produced by preparing a hydroxy (meth)acrylate having at least one hydroxyl group in the molecule from (meth)acrylic acid and/or (meth)acrylate and polyol, and reacting it with diisocyanate. The amine (meth)acrylate can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯可為(甲基)丙烯酸的鏈狀或環狀烷酯。其具體例可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯以及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷酯。前述多元醇係分子內具有至少2個羥基的化合物。可舉例如乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丙烷二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、新戊二醇、1,3-丁烷二醇、1,4-丁烷二醇、1,6-己烷二醇、1,9-壬烷二醇、1,10-癸烷二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊烷二醇、3-甲基-1,3-戊烷二 醇、羥基新戊酸的新戊二醇酯、環己烷二羥甲基、1,4-環己烷二醇、螺甘油(spiroglycol)、三環癸烷二羥甲基、氫化雙酚A、環氧乙烷加成雙酚A、環氧丙烷加成雙酚A、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、丙三醇、3-甲基戊烷-1,3,5-三醇、新戊四醇、二新戊四醇、三新戊四醇、葡萄糖類等。 The aforementioned (meth)acrylate may be a chain or cyclic alkyl ester of (meth)acrylate. Specific examples thereof include alkyl (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, and cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. The aforementioned polyol is a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups in the molecule. For example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol ester of hydroxyl neopentanoic acid, , cyclohexanedihydroxymethyl, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, spiroglycol, tricyclodecanedihydroxymethyl, hydrogenated bisphenol A, ethylene oxide added bisphenol A, propylene oxide added bisphenol A, trihydroxymethyl ethane, trihydroxymethyl propane, glycerol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glucose, etc.

二異氰酸酯係分子內具有2個異氰酸酯基(-NCO)的化合物,可使用芳香族、脂肪族或脂環式的各種二異氰酸酯。具體例可舉例如四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯及該等之中具有芳香環的二異氰酸酯的核氫化物等。 Diisocyanates are compounds with two isocyanate groups (-NCO) in the molecule, and various aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic diisocyanates can be used. Specific examples include tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and the nuclear hydrogenation products of diisocyanates having aromatic rings among them.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 From the perspective of suppressing curling caused by heating during and after curing, improving processing characteristics, and ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8, urethane (meth)acrylate can be appropriately selected. Moreover, from the same perspective, it can also be mixed with acrylic resin, epoxy resin, cyclohexane resin, melamine resin, etc.

包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層的硬化性材料,可舉例如脂環式環氧化合物、芳香族環氧化合物、氫化環氧化合物、脂肪族環氧化合物等。 The curable material of the reinforcing layer including epoxy resin may include, for example, aliphatic epoxy compounds, aromatic epoxy compounds, hydrogenated epoxy compounds, aliphatic epoxy compounds, etc.

脂環式環氧化合物係分子內具有至少1個直接鍵結於脂環式環的環氧基的化合物。可舉例如3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、3,4-環氧基-6-甲 基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲酯、伸乙基雙(3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸酯)、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)酯、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲基)酯、二乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基醚)、乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)醚等。該等脂環式環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Alicyclic epoxy compounds are compounds having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to an alicyclic ring in the molecule. Examples thereof include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis(3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate), bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl)adipate, bis(3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl)adipate, diethylene glycol bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), and ethylene glycol bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl)ether. These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

芳香族環氧化合物係分子內具有芳香族環及環氧基的化合物。其具體例可舉例如:雙酚A的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚F的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚S的二環氧丙基醚等雙酚型環氧化合物或其寡聚物;苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、羥基苯甲醛苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯基甲烷的環氧丙基醚、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮的環氧丙基醚等多官能型環氧化合物;環氧化聚乙烯基酚等多官能型環氧樹脂等。該等芳香族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aromatic epoxy compounds are compounds having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include: bisphenol-type epoxy compounds or oligomers thereof such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, and diglycidyl ether of bisphenol S; novolac-type epoxy resins such as phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, and hydroxybenzaldehyde phenol novolac epoxy resin; polyfunctional epoxy compounds such as glycidyl ether of 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylmethane and glycidyl ether of 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone; polyfunctional epoxy resins such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol, and the like. These aromatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

氫化環氧化合物係上述芳香族環氧化合物的核氫化物成為氫化環氧化合物。該等可由下述方法製造:將藉由對於屬於對應的芳香族環氧化合物的原料之芳香族多羥基化合物(典型而言為雙酚類)在觸媒的存在下及加壓下選擇性地進行氫化反應所得之多元醇(典型而言為氫化雙酚類)作為原料,使其與環氧氯丙烷反應,成為氯醇醚,進一步使用鹼使其進行分子內閉環的方法。該等氫化環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Hydrogenated epoxy compounds are obtained by hydrogenating the nuclei of the above-mentioned aromatic epoxy compounds. They can be produced by the following method: using a polyol (typically a hydrogenated bisphenol) obtained by selectively hydrogenating an aromatic polyhydroxy compound (typically a bisphenol) belonging to the corresponding aromatic epoxy compound in the presence of a catalyst and under pressure as a raw material, reacting it with epichlorohydrin to form a chlorohydrin ether, and further using a base to perform intramolecular ring closure. These hydrogenated epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

脂肪族環氧化合物有脂肪族多元醇或其環氧烷加成物的聚環氧丙基醚。其具體例可舉例如新戊二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,4-丁烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,6-己烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙三醇的三環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷的三環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、藉由於如乙二醇、丙二醇、丙三醇等脂肪族多元醇加成1種或2種以上的環氧烷(環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷)所得之聚醚多醇的聚環氧丙基醚等。該等脂肪族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aliphatic epoxy compounds include polyglycidyl ethers of aliphatic polyols or their epoxy adducts. Specific examples include diglycidyl ether of neopentyl glycol, diglycidyl ether of 1,4-butanediol, diglycidyl ether of 1,6-hexanediol, triglycidyl ether of glycerol, triglycidyl ether of trihydroxymethylpropane, diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol, diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, polyglycidyl ether of polyether polyols obtained by adding one or more alkylene oxides (ethylene oxide, propylene oxide) to aliphatic polyols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerol. These aliphatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點、調整與基材、液晶硬化層的密接性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇環氧樹脂。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 From the perspective of suppressing curling caused by heating during and after curing, improving processing characteristics, ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8, and adjusting the adhesion with the substrate and the liquid crystal curing layer, the epoxy resin can be appropriately selected. Moreover, from the same perspective, it can also be mixed with acrylic resin, urethane resin, cyclohexane resin, melamine resin, etc.

就包含氧雜環丁烷樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料而言,可舉例如分子內含有至少1個氧雜環丁烷基的化合物等。其具體例可舉例如3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧雜環丁烷(也稱為氧雜環丁烷醇)、2-乙基己基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]苯(也稱為伸苯二甲基雙氧雜環丁烷)、3-乙基-3[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(苯氧基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、3-(環己氧基)甲基-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷等。 Examples of the curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 comprising an oxycyclobutane resin include compounds containing at least one oxycyclobutane group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethylcyclohexyloxybutane (also called cyclohexyloxybutane alcohol), 2-ethylhexylcyclohexyloxybutane, 1,4-bis[{(3-ethylcyclohexyloxybutane-3-yl)methoxy}methyl]benzene (also called benzyldimethylcyclohexyloxybutane), 3-ethyl-3[{(3-ethylcyclohexyloxybutane-3-yl)methoxy}methyl]cyclohexyloxybutane, 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxymethyl)cyclohexyloxybutane, 3-(cyclohexyloxy)methyl-3-ethylcyclohexyloxybutane, etc.

就包含三聚氰胺樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料而言,可舉例如六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基甲基三聚氰胺等三聚氰胺化合物。 As for the curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 composed of melamine resin, melamine compounds such as hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, hexapropoxymethyl melamine, and hexabutoxymethyl melamine can be cited.

形成補強層用的硬化性組成物可再包含光聚合引發劑、熱聚合引發劑、溶劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、光安定劑、黏著賦予劑、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑、消泡劑、色素、抗靜電劑及紫外線吸收劑等添加劑。 The curable composition used to form the reinforcement layer may further include additives such as photopolymerization initiators, thermal polymerization initiators, solvents, polymerization inhibitors, photosensitizers, levelers, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, light stabilizers, adhesives, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, defoamers, pigments, antistatic agents, and ultraviolet absorbers.

關於光聚合引發劑,於使用藉由自由基聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯作為硬化性材料的情況,可使用光自由基聚合引發劑,於使用藉由陽離子聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用光陽離子聚合引發劑,於使用藉由熱而硬化的硬化性組成物例如三聚氰胺化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用熱聚合引發劑。 Regarding the photopolymerization initiator, when using a curable composition that cures by free radical polymerization, such as (meth)acrylate, amine (meth)acrylate as the curable material, a photo free radical polymerization initiator can be used; when using a curable composition that cures by cationic polymerization, such as epoxy compounds, oxycyclobutane compounds as the curable composition, a photo cationic polymerization initiator can be used; when using a curable composition that cures by heat, such as melamine compounds as the curable composition, a thermal polymerization initiator can be used.

光聚合引發劑可舉例如光自由基聚合引發劑、光陽離子聚合引發劑等。光自由基聚合引發劑可舉例如安息香化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、二苯乙二酮縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、三

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0014-15
化合物等,光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如芳香族重氮鹽、芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽等的鎓鹽、鐵-芳烴錯合物等。具體而言,可舉例如:Irgacure(註冊商標)907、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 819、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 379、 Irgacure 127、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 754、Irgacure 379EG(以上日本BASF股份公司製);SEIKUOL BZ、SEIKUOL Z、SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學股份公司製);Kayacure BP100(日本化藥股份公司製);Kayacure UVI-6992(Dow公司製);ADEKA Optomer SP-152、ADEKA Optomer SP-170、ADEKA Optomer N-1717、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(以上ADEKA股份公司製);TAZ-A、TAZ-PP(以上日本Siber Hegner公司製)及TAZ-104(三和化學公司製);KAYARAD(註冊商標)系列(日本化藥股份公司製);CYRACURE UVI系列(Dow Chemical公司製);CPI系列(SAN-APRO股份公司製);TAZ、BBI及DTS(以上Midori化學股份公司製);RHODORSIL(註冊商標)(Rhodia股份公司製)等。光聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。光聚合引發劑可配合所使用的材料,適當地選擇使用。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photoradical polymerization initiators and photocationic polymerization initiators. Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzodione ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, tris(2-hydroxy-2-one) compounds, and 1,2-dione ketone compounds.
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0014-15
Compounds, etc., and examples of the photo-ion polymerization initiator include onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic stibnium salts, and iron-aromatic complexes. Specifically, for example, Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.); SEIKUOL BZ, SEIKUOL Z, SEIKUOL BEE (all manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.); Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow); ADEKA Optomer SP-152, ADEKA Optomer SP-170, ADEKA Optomer N-1717, ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.); TAZ-A, TAZ-PP (all manufactured by Nippon Siber Hegner Co., Ltd.) and TAZ-104 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) series (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); CYRACURE UVI series (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.); CPI series (manufactured by SAN-APRO Co., Ltd.); TAZ, BBI and DTS (all manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.); RHODORSIL (registered trademark) (manufactured by Rhodia Co., Ltd.), etc. The photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The photopolymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used in combination with the materials used.

由於可充分活用從光源發出的能量,且生產性佳,故光聚合引發劑較佳係極大吸收波長為300nm至400nm,更佳為300nm至380nm,其中以α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑、肟(oxime)系光聚合引發劑較佳。 Since the energy emitted from the light source can be fully utilized and the productivity is good, the photopolymerization initiator preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 300nm to 400nm, and more preferably 300nm to 380nm. Among them, α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators and oxime-based photopolymerization initiators are preferred.

α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑可舉例如2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-(4-甲基苯基甲基)丁烷-1-酮等,更佳為2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮。α-苯乙酮化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure 369、379EG、907(以上日本BASF股份公司製)及SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學公司製)等。 Examples of α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators include 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)propane-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzylbutane-1-one, and 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-(4-methylphenylmethyl)butane-1-one, and more preferably 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl-(4-methylthiophenyl)propane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzylbutane-1-one. Examples of commercially available α-acetophenone compounds include Irgacure 369, 379EG, 907 (all manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and SEIKUOL BEE (all manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industries, Ltd.).

肟系光聚合引發劑係藉由光照射而生成自由基。藉由該自由基,適合進行在層的深部之硬化性組成物的聚合。而且,從更有效率地進行在層的深部之聚合反應的觀點來看,較佳為使用可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑。可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑較佳為三

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0016-14
化合物、肟酯型咔唑化合物,從感度的觀點來看,更佳為肟酯型咔唑化合物。肟酯型咔唑化合物可舉例如1,2-辛烷二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯基肟)等。肟酯型咔唑化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure OXE-01、Irgacure OXE-02、Irgacure OXE-03(以上日本BASF股份公司製)、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(以上ADEKA股份公司製)等。 Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators generate free radicals by light irradiation. The free radicals are suitable for polymerizing the curable composition deep in the layer. In addition, from the perspective of more efficiently carrying out the polymerization reaction deep in the layer, it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 350nm or more. The photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 350nm or more is preferably three
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0016-14
Compounds and oxime ester carbazole compounds are preferred. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, oxime ester carbazole compounds are more preferred. Examples of oxime ester carbazole compounds include 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzoyl oxime)], ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazole-3-yl]-1-(O-acetyl oxime), etc. Examples of commercially available oxime ester carbazole compounds include Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (all manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), etc.

熱聚合引發劑可舉例如:2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-甲腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基-4-甲氧基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-羥基甲基丙腈)等偶氮系化合物;過氧化月桂基、氫過氧化第三丁基、過氧化苯甲醯基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、氫過氧化異丙苯、過氧化二碳酸二異丙酯、過氧化二碳酸二丙酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化新戊酸第三丁酯、過氧化(3,5,5-三甲基己醯基)等有機過氧化物;過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨、過氧化氫等無機過氧化物等。該等熱聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of thermal polymerization initiators include: 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl ester, 2,2'-azobis(2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile ) and other azo compounds; organic peroxides such as lauryl peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, tert-butyl perbenzoate, isopropyl hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, dipropyl peroxydicarbonate, tert-butyl peroxyneodecanoate, tert-butyl peroxypivalate, and (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide; inorganic peroxides such as potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, and hydrogen peroxide. These thermal polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至20質量份,較佳為0.5至10質量份,更佳為1至5質量份。若為上述範圍內,則容易地充分進行硬化反應。 The amount of polymerization initiator added is usually 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. If it is within the above range, the curing reaction can be easily and fully carried out.

硬化性材料通常在溶解於溶劑的狀態下塗佈於基材,故硬化性材料較佳為包含溶劑。溶劑較佳為可溶解硬化性組成物的溶劑,而且,以對硬化性材料的聚合反應為惰性的溶劑為較佳。溶劑可舉例如:水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇及丙二醇單甲醚等醇溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯及乳酸乙酯等酯溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮及2-庚酮及甲基異丁基酮等酮溶劑;戊烷、己烷及庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯及二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等醯胺系溶劑等。該等溶劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。該等之中,較佳為醇溶劑、酯溶劑、酮溶劑、含氯溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及芳香族 烴溶劑。 The curable material is usually applied to the substrate in a state of being dissolved in a solvent, so the curable material preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably a solvent that can dissolve the curable composition, and preferably a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the curable material. Examples of the solvent include: alcohol solvents such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, and methyl Ketone solvents such as isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amide solvents such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, alcohol solvents, ester solvents, ketone solvents, chlorine-containing solvents, amide solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferred.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為60至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。在該範圍時,硬化性組成物的黏度變低,故補強層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有補強層有不易產生不均勻的傾向。 The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 60 to 95 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. Therefore, the solid component in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. In this range, the viscosity of the curable composition becomes lower, so the thickness of the reinforcing layer becomes roughly uniform, and the reinforcing layer tends to be less prone to unevenness.

關於硬化性組成物,可藉由將硬化性材料及添加劑等硬化性材料以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得到。 The curable composition can be obtained by stirring the curable material and the components other than the curable material such as the additive at a predetermined temperature.

關於補強層8,可將硬化性組成物塗佈於基材上,然後除去溶劑,藉由加熱及/或活性能量線,使其硬化而得。 Regarding the reinforcing layer 8, the curable composition can be applied on the substrate, the solvent is removed, and the reinforcing layer 8 is hardened by heating and/or active energy rays.

塗佈硬化性組成物於基材的方法(以下,有稱為塗佈方法A的情況)可舉例如擠出塗佈法、直接凹版塗佈法、反式凹版塗佈法、CAP塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、微凹版法、模頭塗佈法、噴墨法等。而且,還可舉例如使用浸塗機、棒塗機、旋轉塗佈機等塗佈機進行塗佈的方法等。其中,於以卷對卷(Roll to Roll)型式連續塗佈的情況,較佳為藉由微凹版法、噴墨法、狹縫塗佈法、模頭塗佈法之塗佈方法。 Examples of the method for coating the curable composition on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as coating method A) include extrusion coating, direct gravure coating, reverse gravure coating, CAP coating, slit coating, micro gravure coating, die coating, inkjet coating, etc. In addition, examples of coating methods include a coating method using a coating machine such as a dip coater, a rod coater, or a rotary coater. Among them, in the case of continuous coating in roll to roll mode, the preferred coating methods are micro-gravure coating, inkjet coating, slit coating, and die head coating.

除去溶劑的方法(以下有稱為溶劑除去方法A的情況)可舉例如自然乾燥、通風乾燥、加熱乾燥、減壓乾燥及組合該等之方法。其中,較佳為自然乾燥或加熱乾 燥。乾燥溫度較佳為0至200℃的範圍,更佳為20至150℃的範圍,又更佳為50至130℃的範圍。乾燥時間較佳為10秒至20分鐘,更佳為30秒至10分鐘。 The method for removing the solvent (hereinafter referred to as solvent removal method A) may include natural drying, ventilation drying, heating drying, reduced pressure drying and a combination of these methods. Of these, natural drying or heating drying is preferred. The drying temperature is preferably in the range of 0 to 200°C, more preferably in the range of 20 to 150°C, and even more preferably in the range of 50 to 130°C. The drying time is preferably in the range of 10 seconds to 20 minutes, and more preferably in the range of 30 seconds to 10 minutes.

照射的活性能量線係依據硬化性組成物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。具體而言,可舉例如選自由可見光、紫外光、紅外光、X射線、α射線、β射線及γ射線所成群組的1種以上的光。其中,就容易控制聚合反應的進行之點及可使用本領域中廣泛地被使用作為光聚合裝置者之點而言,較佳為紫外光,較佳為以可藉由紫外光而光聚合之方式選擇聚合性液晶化合物的種類。 The active energy rays to be irradiated are appropriately selected according to the type of curable composition, the type of photopolymerization initiator when a photopolymerization initiator is included, and the amount thereof. Specifically, for example, one or more types of light selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, α rays, β rays, and γ rays can be cited. Among them, ultraviolet light is preferred in terms of the ease of controlling the progress of the polymerization reaction and the ability to use a widely used photopolymerization device in the field, and the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably selected in a manner that can be photopolymerized by ultraviolet light.

前述活性能量線的光源可舉例如低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙燈、鹵素燈、碳弧燈、鎢燈、鎵燈、準分子雷射、發出波長範圍380至440nm的光的LED光源、捕蟲器用螢光燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈等。 The light source of the aforementioned active energy line can be, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excimer laser, an LED light source emitting light in the wavelength range of 380 to 440 nm, a fluorescent lamp for insect traps, a black light lamp, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, a metal halogen lamp, etc.

紫外線照射強度通常為10至3000mW/cm2。紫外線照射強度較佳為在對光陽離子聚合引發劑或光自由基聚合引發劑的活性化有效的波長區域的強度。照射光的時間通常為0.1秒至10分鐘,較佳為0.1秒至5分鐘,更佳為0.1秒至3分鐘,又更佳為0.1秒至1分鐘。在以如此的紫外線照射強度照射1次或複數次時,其累積光量為10至3000mJ/cm2,較佳為50至2000mJ/cm2,更佳為100至1000mJ/cm2。於累積光量為該範圍以下的情況,硬化 性組成物的硬化變得不足,橢圓偏光板的加工特性有降低的情況。相反地,於累積光量為該範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is usually 10 to 3000 mW/cm 2 . The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activation of a photo-cationic polymerization initiator or a photo-radical polymerization initiator. The irradiation time is usually 0.1 second to 10 minutes, preferably 0.1 second to 5 minutes, more preferably 0.1 second to 3 minutes, and even more preferably 0.1 second to 1 minute. When irradiating once or multiple times with such an ultraviolet irradiation intensity, the cumulative light amount is 10 to 3000 mJ/cm 2 , preferably 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . When the accumulated light amount is below this range, the curing of the curable composition becomes insufficient, and the processing characteristics of the elliptical polarizing plate may be reduced. On the contrary, when the accumulated light amount is above this range, the elliptical polarizing plate may be colored.

於藉由熱而使硬化性組成物硬化的情況,加熱溫度係依據硬化性材料的種類、於包含熱聚合引發劑的情況之熱聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇,例如50至200℃,較佳為50至130℃。加熱時間例如為10秒至10分鐘,較佳為10秒至5分鐘。再者,於加熱乾燥的情況,可同時進行乾燥及硬化。 In the case of hardening the hardening composition by heat, the heating temperature is appropriately selected according to the type of hardening material, the type of thermal polymerization initiator when a thermal polymerization initiator is included, and the amount thereof, for example, 50 to 200°C, preferably 50 to 130°C. The heating time is, for example, 10 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. Furthermore, in the case of heat drying, drying and hardening can be performed simultaneously.

補強層8的膜厚,從補強性的觀點來看,較佳為1至10μm。補強層8的膜厚為上述的下限值以上時,可充分補強橢圓偏光板所含的層,特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6,並可顯現良好的加工特性。補強層8的膜厚為上述的上限值以下時,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看為較佳。補強層8的膜厚,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為1至5μm,更佳為1至3μm,從橢圓偏光板的加工特性的觀點來看,較佳為5至10μm,更佳為7至10μm。補強層的膜厚,可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 The thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably 1 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of reinforcement. When the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is greater than the above lower limit, the layers contained in the elliptical polarizing plate, especially the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6, can be sufficiently reinforced, and good processing characteristics can be exhibited. When the thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is less than the above upper limit, it is preferred from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptical polarizing plate. The thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably 1 to 5 μm, more preferably 1 to 3 μm, from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptical polarizing plate, and is preferably 5 to 10 μm, more preferably 7 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of processing characteristics of the elliptical polarizing plate. The film thickness of the reinforcement layer can be measured using an elliptical polarizer or a contact film thickness gauge.

[偏光層] [Polarizing layer]

偏光層2係具有偏光功能的層。如此的層可舉例如包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延伸膜或已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜作為偏光片的膜等。具有吸收各向異性的色素可舉例如二色性色素。 The polarizing layer 2 is a layer having a polarizing function. Such a layer may include, for example, a stretched film adsorbed with a dye having absorption anisotropy or a film coated with a dye having absorption anisotropy as a polarizer. The dye having absorption anisotropy may be, for example, a dichroic dye.

包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延 伸膜作為偏光片的膜通常係藉由在偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑以透明保護膜夾住而製作,該偏光片係經過將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸的步驟、將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用二色性色素染色而使該二色性色素吸附的步驟、將吸附有二色性色素的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用硼酸水溶液處理的步驟以及在藉由硼酸水溶液處理後進行水洗的步驟而製造。 The film comprising a stretched film adsorbed with a dye having absorption anisotropy as a polarizer is usually produced by sandwiching a transparent protective film through an adhesive on at least one side of the polarizer, and the polarizer is produced by stretching a polyvinyl alcohol resin film in one axis, dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol resin film with a dichroic dye to adsorb the dichroic dye, treating the polyvinyl alcohol resin film adsorbed with the dichroic dye with a boric acid aqueous solution, and washing with water after the treatment with the boric acid aqueous solution.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可藉由將聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂皂化而得。就聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂而言,除乙酸乙烯酯的均聚物之聚乙酸乙烯酯外,還可使用乙酸乙烯酯及可與其共聚合的其他單體的共聚物。可與乙酸乙烯酯共聚合的其他單體可舉例如不飽和羧酸類、烯烴類、乙烯基醚類、不飽和磺酸類、具有銨基的丙烯醯胺類等。 Polyvinyl alcohol resins can be obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate resins. As for polyvinyl acetate resins, in addition to polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, copolymers of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith can also be used. Other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, acrylamides having ammonium groups, etc.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂的皂化度通常為85至100莫耳%左右,較佳為98莫耳%以上。該聚乙烯醇系樹脂可被改性,例如可使用經醛類改性的聚乙烯醇縮甲醛或聚乙烯醇縮乙醛。聚乙烯醇系樹脂的聚合度通常為1000至10000左右,較佳為1500至5000的範圍。 The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol resin can be modified, for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetaldehyde modified by aldehydes can be used. The polymerization degree of the polyvinyl alcohol resin is usually about 1000 to 10000, preferably in the range of 1500 to 5000.

將如此的聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜而得者可使用來作為偏光層2的原胚膜。將聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜的方法,無特別限制,可用習知的方法製膜。聚乙烯醇系原胚膜的膜厚例如可設為10至150μm左右。 The film obtained by forming such a polyvinyl alcohol resin can be used as the embryonic membrane of the polarizing layer 2. The method of forming the polyvinyl alcohol resin into a film is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method. The film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based embryonic membrane can be set to about 10 to 150 μm, for example.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的一軸延伸,可在藉由二色性色素之染色前、與染色同時或染色後進行。在染色 後進行一軸延伸的情況,該一軸延伸可在硼酸處理前或硼酸處理中進行。而且,亦可在該等複數階段進行一軸延伸。一軸延伸時,可在周速不同的滾輪間於一軸進行延伸,亦可使用熱滾輪於一軸進行延伸。而且,一軸延伸可為在大氣中進行延伸的乾式延伸,亦可為使用溶劑並使聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜在膨潤的狀態下進行延伸的濕式延伸。延伸倍率通常為3至8倍左右。 The one-axis stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol resin film can be performed before, at the same time as, or after dyeing with a dichroic dye. When the one-axis stretching is performed after dyeing, the one-axis stretching can be performed before or during the boric acid treatment. Moreover, the one-axis stretching can also be performed in these multiple stages. During the one-axis stretching, the one-axis stretching can be performed between rollers with different circumferential speeds, or the one-axis stretching can be performed using a hot roller. Moreover, the one-axis stretching can be dry stretching performed in the atmosphere, or wet stretching using a solvent and stretching the polyvinyl alcohol resin film in a swollen state. The stretching ratio is usually about 3 to 8 times.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的藉由二色性色素之染色可由例如將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有二色性色素的水溶液的方法來進行。 The polyvinyl alcohol resin film can be dyed with a dichroic dye by, for example, immersing the polyvinyl alcohol resin film in an aqueous solution containing a dichroic dye.

二色性色素具體而言可使用碘、二色性的有機染料。二色性的有機染料可舉例如由C.I.直接紅39等雙偶氮化合物所成的二色性直接染料以及由三偶氮、四偶氮等的化合物所成的二色性直接染料等。聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜,較佳為在染色處理前,先實施浸漬於水的處理。 Specifically, dichroic pigments can be iodine or dichroic organic dyes. Examples of dichroic organic dyes include dichroic direct dyes made from disazo compounds such as C.I. Direct Red 39 and dichroic direct dyes made from trisazo, tetrakisazo and other compounds. The polyvinyl alcohol resin film is preferably immersed in water before dyeing.

於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有碘及碘化鉀的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的碘的含量通常為0.01至1質量份左右。而且,相對於水每100質量份,碘化鉀的含量通常為0.5至20質量份左右。染色所使用的水溶液的溫度通常為20至40℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為20至1800秒左右。 When iodine is used as a dichroic pigment, a method of dyeing is usually adopted in which a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide. The iodine content in the aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 mass part per 100 mass parts of water. Moreover, the potassium iodide content is usually about 0.5 to 20 mass parts per 100 mass parts of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 40°C. Moreover, the immersion time in the aqueous solution (dyeing time) is usually about 20 to 1800 seconds.

另一方面,於使用二色性的有機染料作為 二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有水溶性二色性染料的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的二色性有機染料的含量通常為1×10-4至10質量份左右,較佳為1×10-3至1質量份左右,更佳為1×10-3至1×10-2質量份左右。該水溶液可含有硫酸鈉等無機鹽作為染色助劑。染色所使用的二色性染料水溶液的溫度通常為20至80℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為10至1800秒左右。 On the other hand, when a dichroic organic dye is used as a dichroic pigment, a method of dyeing is usually adopted in which a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye. The content of the dichroic organic dye in the aqueous solution is usually about 1× 10-4 to 10 parts by mass, preferably about 1× 10-3 to 1 part by mass, and more preferably about 1× 10-3 to 1× 10-2 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing auxiliary. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 80°C. Moreover, the immersion time (dyeing time) in the aqueous solution is usually about 10 to 1800 seconds.

藉由二色性色素染色後的硼酸處理,通常可藉由將經染色的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於硼酸水溶液之方法而進行。相對於水每100質量份,該硼酸水溶液中的硼酸的含量通常為2至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份。於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,該硼酸水溶液較佳含有碘化鉀,相對於水每100質量份,該情況的碘化鉀的含量通常為0.1至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份左右。於硼酸水溶液的浸漬時間通常為60至1200秒左右,較佳為150至600秒,更佳為200至400秒。硼酸水溶液的溫度通常為50℃以上,較佳為50至85℃,更佳為60至80℃。 The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic pigment can usually be carried out by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous boric acid solution. The content of boric acid in the aqueous boric acid solution is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. In the case of using iodine as the dichroic pigment, the aqueous boric acid solution preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in this case is usually about 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, preferably about 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. The immersion time in the aqueous boric acid solution is usually about 60 to 1200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, and more preferably 200 to 400 seconds. The temperature of the boric acid aqueous solution is usually above 50°C, preferably 50 to 85°C, and more preferably 60 to 80°C.

硼酸處理後的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜通常進行水洗處理。水洗處理例如可藉由將經硼酸處理的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於水之方法而進行。水洗處理的水的溫度通常為5至40℃左右。而且,浸漬時間通常為1至120秒左右。 The polyvinyl alcohol resin film treated with boric acid is usually washed with water. The washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol resin film treated with boric acid in water. The temperature of the water for the washing treatment is usually about 5 to 40°C. Moreover, the immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.

水洗後,實施乾燥處理,得到偏光片。乾燥處理例如可使用熱風乾燥機、遠紅外線加熱器進行。乾燥處理的溫度通常為30至100℃左右,較佳為50至80℃。乾燥處理的時間通常為60至600秒左右,較佳為120至600秒。藉由乾燥處理,偏光片的水分率減少至實用的程度。該水分率通常為5至20重量%左右,較佳為8至15重量%。水分率低於5重量%時,喪失偏光片的可撓性,偏光片在乾燥後有損傷、破裂的情況。而且,水分率高於20重量%時,偏光片的熱安定性有可能變差。 After washing, drying treatment is performed to obtain a polarizer. Drying treatment can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far infrared heater. The temperature of the drying treatment is usually about 30 to 100°C, preferably 50 to 80°C. The time of the drying treatment is usually about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds. Through the drying treatment, the moisture content of the polarizer is reduced to a practical level. The moisture content is usually about 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight. When the moisture content is lower than 5% by weight, the flexibility of the polarizer is lost, and the polarizer is damaged or cracked after drying. Moreover, when the moisture content is higher than 20% by weight, the thermal stability of the polarizer may deteriorate.

如此地對聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸、藉由二色性色素的染色、硼酸處理、水洗及乾燥所得之偏光片的厚度較佳為5至40μm。 The thickness of the polarizer obtained by uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol resin film, dyeing with a dichroic pigment, treating with boric acid, washing with water and drying is preferably 5 to 40 μm.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜可舉例如塗佈包含具有液晶性的二色性色素的組成物或包含二色性色素及聚合性液晶的組成物所得之膜等。該膜較佳為單面或兩面具有保護膜。該保護膜可舉例如與後述的基材相同者。 The film coated with a dye having absorption anisotropy may be, for example, a film obtained by coating a composition containing a dichroic dye having liquid crystal properties or a composition containing a dichroic dye and polymerizable liquid crystal. The film preferably has a protective film on one or both sides. The protective film may be, for example, the same as the substrate described below.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜較佳為薄者,但太薄時,強度降低,有加工性差的傾向。該膜的厚度通常為20μm以下,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為0.5至3μm。 The film coated with the anisotropically absorbing pigment is preferably thin, but if it is too thin, the strength decreases and the processability tends to be poor. The thickness of the film is usually less than 20 μm, preferably less than 5 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm.

前述已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜,具體而言可舉例如日本特開2012-33249號公報等所記載的膜。 The aforementioned film coated with a pigment having anisotropic absorption may specifically include a film described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-33249.

藉由於如此所得之偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑積層透明保護膜,而得到偏光層2。透明保護膜較佳可使用與後述基材相同的透明膜。 The polarizing layer 2 is obtained by depositing a transparent protective film through a bonding agent on at least one side of the polarizer obtained in this way. The transparent protective film is preferably the same transparent film as the substrate described later.

[λ/4相位差層] [λ/4 phase difference layer]

λ/4相位差層4係膜面內的折射率具有各向異性的層。λ/4相位差層4雖可藉由使高分子膜延伸或收縮的方法而形成,但從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為使包含聚合性液晶化合物(亦稱為聚合性液晶)的聚合性液晶組成物在已配向的狀態下聚合而形成。 The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 is a layer having anisotropy of the refractive index within the film surface. Although the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 can be formed by stretching or shrinking a polymer film, from the perspective of thinning the elliptical polarizing plate, it is preferably formed by polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (also called polymerizable liquid crystal) in an aligned state.

λ/4相位差層4所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。λ/4相位差層4較佳為包含相對於λ/4相位差層的平面在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成的水平配向液晶硬化層。 The three-dimensional refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 may be biaxial, but preferably uniaxial. The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 is preferably a horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that is aligned in a horizontal direction relative to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer.

水平配向液晶硬化層,係聚合性液晶的光軸相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平方向配向。構成λ/4相位差層的聚合性液晶可為棒狀或圓盤狀聚合性液晶。棒狀聚合性液晶相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平配向或垂直配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸係與該聚合性液晶的長軸方向一致。圓盤狀聚合性液晶配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸存在於相對於該聚合性液晶的圓盤面而言正交的方向。 The horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer is a layer in which the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned in the horizontal direction relative to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer. The polymerizable liquid crystal constituting the λ/4 phase difference layer can be a rod-shaped or disc-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal. When the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned horizontally or vertically relative to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal is consistent with the long axis direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal. When the disc-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal exists in a direction orthogonal to the disc plane of the polymerizable liquid crystal.

因聚合性液晶的配向而形成的折射率橢圓體中的3個方向的折射率nx、ny及nz可舉例如為nx>ny ≒nz(稱為正A板)、nx≒ny<nz(稱為正C板)、nx<ny≒nz(稱為負A板)或nx≒ny>nz(稱為負C板)等關係。nx表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行的方向的主折射率。ny表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行且相對於該nx的方向呈正交的方向的折射率。nz表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。 The refractive indices nx, ny and nz in three directions in the refractive index ellipse formed by the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal can be, for example, nx>ny ≒nz (called positive A plate), nx≒ny<nz (called positive C plate), nx<ny≒nz (called negative A plate) or nx≒ny>nz (called negative C plate). nx represents the principal refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer. ny represents the refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer and orthogonal to the direction of nx in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer. nz represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the λ/4 phase difference layer in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer.

λ/4相位差層4可使用棒狀的聚合性液晶及圓盤狀的聚合性液晶之任一者,但較佳為棒狀的聚合性液晶,於棒狀的聚合性液晶形成水平配向液晶硬化層的情況,λ/4相位差層為正A板。 The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 can use either rod-shaped polymeric liquid crystal or disc-shaped polymeric liquid crystal, but rod-shaped polymeric liquid crystal is preferred. When the rod-shaped polymeric liquid crystal forms a horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer, the λ/4 phase difference layer is a positive A plate.

關於λ/4相位差層4,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, Regarding the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer, in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm, there is the following relationship,

nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)

[式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率]; [In the formula, nxQ(λ) represents the principal refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the phase difference layer plane; nyQ(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the phase difference layer plane and orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ(λ); nzQ(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) in a direction perpendicular to the phase difference layer plane];

並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係, And satisfy the following relationships (1) to (3),

ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以 [In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, ReQ(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, ReQ(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm, and the in-plane phase difference value ReQ(λ) of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) is

ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer].

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值ReQ(550)超過式(3)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器正面的色相變紅、變藍的問題。面內相位差值的更佳的範圍為130nm≦ReQ(550)≦150nm。λ/4相位差層的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)超過1.00時,具備該λ/4相位差層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側從正面觀看時的作為圓偏光板的功能。該[ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)]較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the in-plane phase difference value ReQ(550) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 exceeds the range of formula (3), the hue of the front side of the display including the elliptical polarizer may become red or blue. The more preferable range of the in-plane phase difference value is 130nm≦ReQ(550)≦150nm. When ReQ(450)/ReQ(550) of the λ/4 phase difference layer exceeds 1.00, the ellipticity of the elliptical polarizer having the λ/4 phase difference layer on the short-wavelength side deteriorates. When the ellipticity of the circular polarizer on the short-wavelength side deteriorates and becomes smaller than 1.0, the function of the circular polarizer as a circular polarizer when viewed from the front on the short-wavelength side is impaired. The [ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)] is preferably 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably 0.77 to 0.87, and even more preferably 0.79 to 0.85.

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值可依λ/4相位差層的厚度dQ而調整。面內相位差值係由上述式ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ決定,故欲得到所期望的面內 相位差值(ReQ(λ):在波長λ(nm)之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dQ即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 can be adjusted according to the thickness dQ of the λ/4 phase difference layer. The in-plane phase difference value is determined by the above formula ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, so to obtain the desired in-plane phase difference value (ReQ(λ): the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer at wavelength λ(nm)), the 3D refractive index and the film thickness dQ can be adjusted. Furthermore, the 3D refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為3μm以下,又更佳為2.5μm以下。而且,λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,又更佳為0.8μm以上。λ/4相位差層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the perspective of thin film, the upper limit of the film thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 is preferably 5μm or less, more preferably 3μm or less, and even more preferably 2.5μm or less. Moreover, the lower limit of the film thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 is preferably 0.1μm or more, more preferably 0.5μm or more, and even more preferably 0.8μm or more. The film thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer can be measured using an elliptical polarizer or a contact film thickness meter.

(垂直配向液晶硬化層) (vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer)

垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於垂直配向液晶硬化層6平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的垂直配向液晶硬化層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳為棒狀液晶,且較佳為正C板。 The vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 is a layer composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer. The three-dimensional refractive index ellipse formed by the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality. The vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 is a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6. The vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 is preferably a rod-shaped liquid crystal, and is preferably a positive C plate.

於垂直配向液晶硬化層6為正C板的情況,垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係在垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, In the case where the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 is a positive C plate, the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 preferably has the following relationship in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm in the refractive index ellipse formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6,

nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。nxV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率。nyV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率。但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係; [In the formula, nzV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm). nxV(λ) represents the maximum refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer in the direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer. nyV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer in the direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer and orthogonal to the direction of nxV. However, in the case of nxV(λ)=nyV(λ), nxV(λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer]; and the following relationships of formulas (4) to (6) are satisfied;

RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以 [In the formula, RthV(450) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, RthV(550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, RthV(650) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm, and the phase difference value RthV(λ) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) is

RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在 液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV represents; here, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer, nzV(λ) represents the principal refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm), "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" represents the average refractive index in the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm); dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer].

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(550)超過式(6)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器的斜方向的色相變紅、變藍的問題。厚度方向的相位差值的更佳的範圍為-95nm≦RthV(550)≦-55nm,又更佳的範圍為-90nm≦RthV(550)≦-60nm。垂直配向液晶硬化層的「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」超過1.0時,包含該垂直配向硬化層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的從斜方向觀看時之橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側作為圓偏光板的功能。該「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the phase difference value RthV(550) in the thickness direction of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 exceeds the range of formula (6), the hue of the display including the elliptical polarizer in the oblique direction may become red or blue. The more preferable range of the phase difference value in the thickness direction is -95nm≦RthV(550)≦-55nm, and the more preferable range is -90nm≦RthV(550)≦-60nm. When "RthV(450)/RthV(550)" of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer exceeds 1.0, the elliptical rate of the elliptical polarizer including the vertical alignment curing layer when viewed from an oblique direction on the short wavelength side deteriorates. When the ellipticity of the circular polarizer on the short wavelength side deteriorates and becomes smaller than 1.0, the function of the circular polarizer on the short wavelength side is impaired. The "RthV(450)/RthV(550)" is preferably 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably 0.77 to 0.87, and even more preferably 0.79 to 0.85.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值可依垂直配向液晶硬化層的厚度dV而調整。厚度方向的相位差值係由上述式RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV決定,故欲得到所期望的厚度方向的相位差值(RthV(λ):在波長λ(nm)之垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dV即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 can be adjusted according to the thickness dV of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer. The phase difference value in the thickness direction is determined by the above formula RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV. Therefore, to obtain the desired phase difference value in the thickness direction (RthV(λ): the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 at wavelength λ(nm)), the 3D refractive index and the film thickness dV can be adjusted. Furthermore, the 3D refractive index depends on the molecular structure and alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為2.5μm以下,又更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.5μm以下。而且, 垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.3μm以上,又更佳為0.5μm以上。垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the perspective of thin film, the upper limit of the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.5 μm or less. Moreover, the lower limit of the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.5 μm or more. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer can be measured using an elliptical polarizer or a contact film thickness meter.

(聚合性液晶組成物) (Polymerizable liquid crystal composition)

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係分別由包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。聚合性液晶化合物係具有聚合性官能基(特別是光聚合性官能基)的液晶化合物。所謂光聚合性官能基係指可藉由從光聚合引發劑產生的活性自由基、酸等而參與聚合反應的基。光聚合性官能基可舉例如乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁烷基等。其中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。液晶性可為熱致液晶,亦可為溶致液晶,就相有序的結構而言,可為向列型液晶,亦可為層列型液晶。 The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 are preferably respectively composed of polymers of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an alignment state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable functional group (especially a photopolymerizable functional group). The so-called photopolymerizable functional group refers to a group that can participate in a polymerization reaction through active free radicals, acids, etc. generated from a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photopolymerizable functional group include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-vinyl chloride, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, ethylene oxide, cyclobutylene oxide, etc. Among them, acryloxy, methacryloxy, vinyloxy, ethylene oxide and cyclobutylene oxide are preferred, and acryloxy is more preferred. Liquid crystal properties can be thermotropic or lyotropic. In terms of phase-ordered structure, it can be nematic or smectic.

於本發明中,從顯現反波長分散性,較佳從滿足前述式(1)及(2)或(4)及(5)的關係的觀點來看,聚合性液晶化合物較佳為下述式(I) In the present invention, from the perspective of exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion, preferably from the perspective of satisfying the relationship between the aforementioned formulas (1) and (2) or (4) and (5), the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably the following formula (I)

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0031-1
表示的化合物。
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0031-1
Represents the compound.

式(I)中,Ar表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族基。此處,所謂芳香族基係指具有平面性的環狀結構的 基,且該環結構所具有的π電子數根據休克爾(Huckel)法則為[4n+2]個。此處,n表示整數。於包含-N=、-S-等雜原子且形成環結構的情況,則包含該等雜原子上的非共價電子對皆滿足休克爾法則,且具有芳香族性的情況也包括在內。該二價芳香族基中,較佳包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子中之至少1個以上。 In formula (I), Ar represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. Here, the so-called aromatic group refers to a group having a planar cyclic structure, and the number of π electrons possessed by the cyclic structure is [4n+2] according to the Huckel law. Here, n represents an integer. In the case of containing heteroatoms such as -N= and -S- and forming a cyclic structure, the case where the non-covalent electron pairs on the heteroatoms satisfy the Huckel law and have aromaticity is also included. The divalent aromatic group preferably contains at least one of nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms.

G1及G2分別獨立地表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基。此處,該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基所含之氫原子可被鹵原子、碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的氟烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基或硝基取代,構成該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基的碳原子可被氧原子、硫原子或氮原子取代。 G1 and G2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic alkyl group. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic alkyl group may be substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group or a nitro group, and the carbon atom constituting the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic alkyl group may be substituted by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.

L1、L2、B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或二價連結基。 L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group.

k、l分別獨立地表示0至3的整數,且滿足1≦k+l的關係。此處,於2≦k+l的情況,B1及B2、G1及G2分別可互為相同,亦可為不同。 k and l represent integers from 0 to 3 independently and satisfy the relationship 1≦k+1. Here, in the case of 2≦k+1, B1 and B2 , G1 and G2 may be the same as or different from each other.

E1及E2分別獨立地表示碳數1至17的烷二基,此處,烷二基所含的氫原子可被鹵原子取代,該烷二基所含的-CH2-可被-O-、-S-、-Si-取代。P1及P2分別獨立地表示聚合性基或氫原子,至少1個為聚合性基。 E1 and E2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, wherein the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted by a halogen atom, and the -CH2- contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted by -O-, -S-, or -Si-. P1 and P2 each independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is a polymerizable group.

G1及G2分別獨立較佳為可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之 1,4-伸苯二基、可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之1,4-環己烷二基,更佳為被甲基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基,特佳為無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基。而且,較佳係存在複數個之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基,而且,更佳係鍵結於L1或L2之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基。 G1 and G2 are each independently preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl which may be substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, 1,4-cyclohexanediyl which may be substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl substituted with methyl, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl. Furthermore, it is preferred that at least one of a plurality of G1 and G2 is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and it is more preferred that at least one of G1 and G2 bonded to L1 or L2 is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

L1及L2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1ORa2-、-Ra3COORa4-、-Ra5OCORa6-、Ra7OC=OORa8-、-N=N-、-CRc=CRd-或-C≡C-。此處,Ra1至Ra8分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基,Rc及Rd表示碳數1至4的烷基或氫原子。L1及L2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa2-1-、-CH2-、-CH2 CH2-、-COORa4-1-或-OCORa6-1-。此處,Ra2-1、Ra4-1、Ra6-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一者。L1及L2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2 CH2-或-OCO-。 L1 and L2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O- , -S-, -Ra1ORa2-, -Ra3COORa4-, -Ra5OCORa6-, Ra7OC=OORa8-, -N=N-, -CRc = CRd- , or -C≡C- . Here, Ra1 to Ra8 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Rc and Rd are each an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. L1 and L2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -ORa2-1- , -CH2- , -CH2CH2- , -COORa4-1- , or -OCORa6-1- . Here, Ra2-1 , Ra4-1 , and Ra6-1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH2- , or -CH2CH2- . L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -CH2CH2- , -COO-, -COOCH2CH2- , or -OCO- .

B1及B2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra9ORa10-、-Ra11COORa12-、-Ra13OCORa14-或-Ra15OC=OORa16-。此處,Ra9至Ra16分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基。B1及B2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa10-1-、-CH2-、-CH2 CH2-、-COORa12-1-或-OCORa14-1-。此處,Ra10-1、Ra12-1、Ra14-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一 者。B1及B2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、-OCO-或-OCOCH2CH2-。 B1 and B2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10 -, -R a11 COOR a12 -, -R a13 OCOR a14 -, or -R a15 OC=OOR a16 -. Here, R a9 to R a16 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B1 and B2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a10-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a12-1 -, or -OCOR a14-1- . Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 -. B1 and B2 are each independently and more preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH2CH2- , -COO- , -COOCH2CH2- , -OCO- or -OCOCH2CH2- .

從顯現反波長分散性的觀點來看,k及l較佳為2≦k+l≦6的範圍,以k+l=4為較佳,以k=2且l=2為更佳。k=2且l=2時,因成為對稱結構,所以又更佳。 From the perspective of showing anti-wavelength dispersion, k and l are preferably in the range of 2≦k+l≦6, k+l=4 is better, and k=2 and l=2 are even better. When k=2 and l=2, it is even better because it becomes a symmetrical structure.

E1及E2分別獨立較佳為碳數1至17的烷二基,更佳為碳數4至12的烷二基。 E1 and E2 are each independently preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

以P1或P2表示的聚合性基可舉例如環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基等。該等之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。 Examples of the polymerizable group represented by P1 or P2 include an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, an acryloxy group, a methacryloxy group, an oxirane group, and an oxirane group. Among these, an acryloxy group, a methacryloxy group, a vinyloxy group, an oxirane group, and an oxirane group are preferred, and an acryloxy group is more preferred.

Ar較佳為具有選自由可具有取代基的芳香族烴環、可具有取代基的芳香族雜環及吸引電子基中至少一者。該芳香族烴環可舉例如苯環、萘環、蒽環等,較佳為苯環、萘環。該芳香族雜環可舉例如呋喃環、苯並呋喃環、吡咯環、吲哚環、噻吩環、苯並噻吩環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-26
環、嘧啶環、三唑環、三
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-27
環、吡咯啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯並噻唑環、噻吩並噻唑環、
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-28
唑環、苯並
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-29
唑環及啡啉(phenanthroline)環等。該等之中,較佳為具有噻唑環、苯並噻唑環或苯並呋喃環,更佳為具有苯並噻唑環。而且,於Ar包含氮原子的情況,該氮原子較佳具 有π電子。 Ar preferably has at least one selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and an electron-attracting group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and the like, preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, and a pyridine ring.
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-26
Ring, pyrimidine ring, triazole ring, tri
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-27
ring, pyrroline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring,
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-28
Azole, benzo
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0034-29
Among them, it is preferably a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring or a benzofuran ring, and more preferably a benzothiazole ring. Furthermore, when Ar contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom preferably has π electrons.

式(I)中,Ar所表示的2價芳香族基所含的π電子的合計數目Nx較佳為8以上,更佳為10以上,又更佳為14以上,特佳為16以上。而且,較佳為30以下,更佳為26以下,又更佳為24以下。 In formula (I), the total number Nx of π electrons contained in the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, further preferably 14 or more, and particularly preferably 16 or more. Also, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and further preferably 24 or less.

Ar所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的基。 The aromatic group represented by Ar can be exemplified by the following groups.

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0035-2
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0035-2

式(Ar-1)至式(Ar-22)中,*記號表示連結部,Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至12的烷基磺醯基、羧基、碳數1至12的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至12的烷硫基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺磺醯基或碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。 In formulae (Ar-1) to (Ar-22), the * symbol represents a linking portion, and Z0 , Z1 , and Z2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an N-alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an N,N-dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an N-alkylaminesulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an N,N-dialkylaminesulfonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

Q1及Q2分別獨立地表示-CR2’R3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR2’-、-CO-或-O-,R2’及R3’分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1至4的烷基。 Q1 and Q2 each independently represent -CR2'R3'- , -S- , -NH-, -NR2'- , -CO- or -O-, and R2 ' and R3 ' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

J1及J2分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子。 J1 and J2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.

Y1、Y2及Y3分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic alkyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

W1及W2分別獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、甲基或鹵原子,m表示0至6的整數。 W1 and W2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer from 0 to 6.

Y1、Y2及Y3中的芳香族烴基可舉例如苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基等碳數6至20的芳香族烴基,較佳為苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基等包含至少1個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等雜原子的碳數4至20的芳香族雜環基,較佳為呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基。 Examples of the aromatic alkyl group in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl and other aromatic alkyl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably phenyl and naphthyl, and more preferably phenyl. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl and other aromatic heterocyclic groups having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and containing at least one hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like, preferably furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl.

Y1及Y2可分別獨立地為可被取代的多環系 芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。多環系芳香族烴基係指稠合多環系芳香族烴基或來自聯芳香環的基。多環系芳香族雜環基係指稠合多環系芳香族雜環基或來自聯芳香族雜環的基。 Y1 and Y2 may be independently substituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups refer to condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or groups derived from bicyclic aromatic rings. Polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups refer to condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups or groups derived from bicyclic aromatic heterocyclic rings.

Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷氧基,Z0更佳為氫原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基,Z1及Z2更佳為氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、甲基、氰基。 Z0 , Z1 and Z2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z0 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a cyano group. Z1 and Z2 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, or a cyano group.

Q1及Q2較佳為-NH-、-S-、-NR2’-、-O-,R2’較佳為氫原子。其中,特佳為-S-、-O-、-NH-。 Q1 and Q2 are preferably -NH-, -S-, -NR2'- , or -O-, and R2 ' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Among them, -S-, -O-, or -NH- is particularly preferred.

Ar1所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的式(Ar-23)所表示的基。 Examples of the aromatic group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the following formula (Ar-23).

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0037-3
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0037-3

式(Ar-23)中,*、Z1、Z2、Q1及Q2表示與前述相同的意義,U1表示可鍵結有取代基的第14族至第16族的非金屬原子。第14族至第16族的非金屬原子可舉例如碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子,較佳可舉例如=O、=S、=NR’及=C(R’)R’等。取代基R’可舉例如氫原子、鹵原子、烷基、鹵烷基、烯基、芳香基、氰基、胺基、硝基、亞硝基、羧基、碳數1至6的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至6的烷基磺醯基、碳數1至6的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至6的烷基硫基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺磺醯基、碳數2至12的二烷基胺磺醯基等,非金屬原子為碳原子(C)的情況之2個R’可互為相同,亦可為不同。 In formula (Ar-23), *, Z 1 , Z 2 , Q 1 and Q 2 have the same meanings as above, and U 1 represents a non-metal atom of Groups 14 to 16 which may be bonded to a substituent. Examples of the non-metal atom of Groups 14 to 16 include carbon atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, preferably =O, =S, =NR' and =C(R')R'. The substituent R' may be, for example, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogenalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aromatic group, a cyano group, an amine group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, a carboxyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an N-alkylamino group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an N,N-dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an N-alkylaminesulfonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a dialkylaminesulfonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and the like. When the non-metal atom is a carbon atom (C), the two R's may be the same or different from each other.

式(Ar-1)至(Ar-23)中,從分子的安定性的觀點來看,較佳為式(Ar-6)及式(Ar-7)。 Among formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), formula (Ar-6) and formula (Ar-7) are preferred from the perspective of molecular stability.

於式(Ar-16)至(Ar-22)中,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起形成芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如前述中作為Ar可具有的芳香族雜環基者,可舉例如吡咯環、咪唑環、吡咯啉環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0038-12
環、嘧啶環、吲哚環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、嘌呤環、吡咯啶環等。該芳香族雜環基可具有取代基。而且,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起為前述可被取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。可舉例如苯並呋喃環、苯並噻唑環、苯並
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0038-13
唑環等。再者,前述式(I)所表示的化合物可例如根據日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。 In formulae (Ar-16) to (Ar-22), Y1 may form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the nitrogen atom to which it is bonded and Z0 . Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include those mentioned above as the aromatic heterocyclic group that Ar may have, such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrroline ring, pyridine ring, pyrrol ...
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0038-12
The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Moreover, Y1 together with the nitrogen atom to which it is bonded and Z0 may be the aforementioned polycyclic aromatic alkyl group or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted. Examples thereof include benzofuran ring, benzothiazole ring, benzo
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0038-13
The compound represented by the above formula (I) can be produced, for example, according to the method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-31223.

聚合性液晶化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。於併用2種以上的情況,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,前述式(I)所表示的化合物的含量較佳為50質量份以上,更佳為70質量份以上,又更佳為80質量份以上。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the content of the compound represented by the above formula (I) is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, more preferably 70 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 80 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

聚合性液晶組成物可更包含溶劑、光聚合引發劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、密接性改良劑、二色性色素等添加劑。該等添加劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may further include additives such as solvents, photopolymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, photosensitizers, leveling agents, adhesion improvers, and dichroic pigments. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於聚合性液晶組成物的固體成分100質量份,聚合性液晶化合物的含量例如為70至99.5質量份,較佳為80至99質量份,更佳為90至98質量份。含量為上述範圍內時,層的配向性有變高的傾向。此處,所謂固體成分係指從組成物除去溶劑所得的成分的合計量。 For example, the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass, and more preferably 90 to 98 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the solid component of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. When the content is within the above range, the orientation of the layer tends to increase. Here, the so-called solid component refers to the total amount of the components obtained by removing the solvent from the composition.

溶劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。相對於聚合性液晶組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為70至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。組成物的固體成分為50質量份以下時,由於組成物的黏度變低,故層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有層不易產生不均勻的傾向。上述固體成分,可考慮所欲製造的層的厚度而適當地決定。 The solvent may be any solvent listed in the reinforcement layer. The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, more preferably 70 to 95 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. When the solid content of the composition is less than 50 parts by mass, the viscosity of the composition becomes lower, so the thickness of the layer becomes roughly uniform, and the layer tends to be less uneven. The above solid content can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the layer to be manufactured.

光聚合引發劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的光聚合引發劑。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為1至15質量份。若為上述範圍內,則充分進行聚合性基的反應且不易擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向。 The photopolymerization initiator may be the photopolymerization initiator exemplified in the reinforcement layer. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator added is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. If it is within the above range, the reaction of the polymerizable group is fully carried out and the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not easily disturbed.

藉由調配聚合抑制劑,可控制聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應。聚合抑制劑可舉例如:氫醌及具有烷基醚等取代基的氫醌類;丁基鄰苯二酚等具有烷基醚等取 代基的鄰苯二酚類;鄰苯三酚類;2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶氧基自由基等自由基捕捉劑;苯硫酚類;β-萘基胺類及β-萘酚類。為了不擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向且聚合聚合性液晶化合物,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,聚合抑制劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.1至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。聚合抑制劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 By preparing a polymerization inhibitor, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be controlled. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include: hydroquinone and hydroquinones having substituents such as alkyl ethers; butyl catechol and other catechols having substituents such as alkyl ethers; pyrogallols; free radical scavengers such as 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy free radicals; thiophenols; β-naphthylamines and β-naphthols. In order not to disturb the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The polymerization inhibitor can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

再者,藉由使用光敏劑,可使光聚合引發劑高感度化。光敏劑可舉例如:氧雜蒽酮、硫雜蒽酮等氧雜蒽酮類;蒽及具有烷基醚等取代基的蒽類;啡噻

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0040-11
;紅螢烯。光敏劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光敏劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.05至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。 Furthermore, by using a photosensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator can be made highly sensitive. Examples of the photosensitizer include: oxanthrone, thioxanthrone and other oxanthrone; anthracene and anthracene having a substituent such as an alkyl ether;
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0040-11
; Rubrene. The photosensitizer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the photosensitizer is generally 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

所謂調平劑係具有調整硬化性組成物的流動性且使塗佈組成物所得之層更平坦的功能的添加劑,可舉例如矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系及聚丙烯酸酯系及全氟烷基系調平劑。具體而言,可舉例如:DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、ST80PA、ST86PA、SH8400、SH8700、FZ2123(以上全部為Toray.Dow Corning(股)公司製);KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、 KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、KBE-9007(以上全部為信越化學工業(股)公司製);TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452、TSF4460(以上全部為Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC公司製);Fluorinert(註冊商標)FC-72、Fluorinert FC-40、Fluorinert FC-43、Fluorinert FC-3283(以上全部為住友3M(股)公司製);Megafac(註冊商標)R-08、Megafac R-30、Megafac R-90、Megafac F-410、Megafac F-411、Megafac F-443、Megafac F-445、Megafac F-470、Megafac F-477、Megafac F-479、Megafac F-482、Megafac F-483(以上皆為DIC(股)公司製);EFTOP(商品名)EF301、EFTOP EF303、EFTOP EF351、EFTOP EF352(以上全部為三菱材料電子化成(股)公司製);SURFLON(註冊商標)S-381、SURFLON S-382、SURFLON S-383、SURFLON S-393、SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON SC-105、KH-40、SA-100(以上全部為AGC Seimi Chemical(股)公司製);商品名E1830、商品名W5844(DAIKIN Fine Chemicals研究所(股)製);BM-1000、BM-1100、BYK-352、BYK-353及BYK-361N(皆為商品名:BM Chemie公司製)等。調平劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The so-called leveling agent is an additive that has the function of adjusting the fluidity of the curable composition and making the layer obtained by coating the composition flatter. Examples include polysiloxane-based, polyacrylate-based, and perfluoroalkyl-based leveling agents such as silane coupling agents. Specifically, examples include: DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, FZ2123 (all of the above are Toray.Dow Corning Corporation); KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KB M-303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, KBE-9007 (all of the above are made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (all of the above are made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC); Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-72, Fluorinert FC-40, Fluorinert FC-43, Fluorinert FC-3283 (all of the above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megafac (registered trademark) R-08, Megafac R-30, Megafac R-90, Megafac F-410, Megafac F-411, Megafac F-443, Megafac F-445, Megafac F-470, Megafac F-477, Megafac F-479, Megafac F-482, Megafac F-483 (all of the above are manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.); EFTOP (trade name) EF301, EFTOP EF303, EFTOP EF351, EFTOP EF352 (all of the above are made by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals Co., Ltd.); SURFLON (registered trademark) S-381, SURFLON S-382, SURFLON S-383, SURFLON S-393, SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON SC-105, KH-40, SA-100 (all of the above are made by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.); trade name E1830, trade name W5844 (made by DAIKIN Fine Chemicals Research Institute Co., Ltd.); BM-1000, BM-1100, BYK-352, BYK-353 and BYK-361N (all trade names: made by BM Chemie Co., Ltd.), etc. Leveling agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,調平劑的含量較佳為0.01至5質量份,更佳為0.05至3質量份。調平劑的含量為上述範圍內時,所得之層有更平滑的傾向,所以較佳。所謂二色性色素係指具有分子的在長軸方向之吸光度與在短軸方向之吸光度不同的性質的色素,二色性色素較佳為具有吸收可見光的特性,更佳為在380至680nm的範圍具有吸收最大波長(λMAX)者。如此的二色性色素可舉例如吖啶色素、

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0042-10
色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等,其中較佳為偶氮色素。偶氮色素可舉例如單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素及二苯乙烯偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素。二色性色素可單獨或組合,為了在可見光全部區域得到吸收,較佳為組合3種以上的二色性色素,更佳為組合3種以上的偶氮色素。 Relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content of the leveling agent is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by weight. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the resulting layer has a smoother tendency, so it is better. The so-called dichroic pigment refers to a pigment having the property that the absorbance of the molecule in the long axis direction is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction. The dichroic pigment is preferably one that has the property of absorbing visible light, and more preferably one that has a maximum absorption wavelength (λMAX) in the range of 380 to 680nm. Such dichroic pigments can be exemplified by acridine pigments,
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0042-10
Pigments, cyanine pigments, naphthalene pigments, azo pigments and anthraquinone pigments, among which azo pigments are preferred. Azo pigments include monoazo pigments, disazo pigments, triazo pigments, tetraazo pigments and stilbene azo pigments, among which disazo pigments and triazo pigments are preferred. Dichroic pigments can be used alone or in combination. In order to absorb light in the entire visible range, it is preferred to combine three or more dichroic pigments, and it is more preferred to combine three or more azo pigments.

偶氮色素可舉例如下述式(II)所示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(II)」)。 Azo dyes include, for example, compounds represented by the following formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (II)").

T1-A1(-N=N-A2)p-N=N-A3-T2 (II)[式(II)中,A1、A2及A3分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基或可具有取代基的2價雜環基,T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,相對於偶氮鍵結面內而言在實質上180°的位置具有。p表示0至4的整數。於p為2以上的情況,各A2可互為相同,亦可為不同。在可見光區域顯示吸收的範圍中-N=N-鍵可被-C=C-、-COO-、-NHCO-或-N=CH-鍵取代] T 1 -A 1 (-N=NA 2 ) p -N=NA 3 -T 2 (II) [In formula (II), A 1 , A 2 and A 3 each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthalene-1,4-diyl group or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, T 1 and T 2 are electron-attracting groups or electron-releasing groups, and are located at positions substantially 180° with respect to the azo bonding plane. p represents an integer from 0 to 4. When p is 2 or more, each A 2 may be the same as or different from each other. In the range showing absorption in the visible light region, the -N=N- bond may be substituted by a -C=C-, -COO-, -NHCO- or -N=CH- bond]

A1、A2及A3中之1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基及2價雜環基所具有的任意取代基可舉例如:甲基、乙基 及丁基等碳數1至4的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基及丁氧基等碳數1至4的烷氧基;三氟甲基等碳數1至4的氟烷基;氰基;硝基;氯原子、氟原子等鹵原子;胺基、二乙基胺基及吡咯啶基等取代或無取代胺基(所謂取代胺基係指具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基、或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。無取代胺基為-NH2)。再者,碳數1至6的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基及己基等。碳數2至8的烷二基可舉例如伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基等。為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,A1、A2及A3較佳為無取代或氫被甲基或甲氧基取代的1,4-伸苯基或2價雜環基,p較佳為0或1。其中,p為1且A1、A2及A3的3個結構中至少2個為1,4-伸苯基,就具有分子合成的簡便性及高性能兩者之點而言為更佳。 The optional substituents of the 1,4-phenylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group and divalent heterocyclic group in A 1 , A 2 and A 3 include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl and butyl groups; alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy and butoxy groups; fluoroalkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethyl groups; cyano groups; nitro groups; halogen atoms such as chlorine atoms and fluorine atoms; substituted or unsubstituted amino groups such as amino groups, diethylamino groups and pyrrolidinyl groups (the so-called substituted amino groups refer to amino groups having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or amino groups having 2 substituted alkyl groups bonded to each other to form an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The unsubstituted amino group is -NH 2 ). Furthermore, examples of the alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl and hexyl groups. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms include ethylene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, etc. In order to be included in a highly ordered liquid crystal structure such as a smectic liquid crystal, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are preferably 1,4-phenylene or a divalent heterocyclic group which is unsubstituted or in which hydrogen is substituted with a methyl group or a methoxy group, and p is preferably 0 or 1. Among them, it is more preferred that p is 1 and at least two of the three structures of A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are 1,4-phenylene, in terms of both the simplicity of molecular synthesis and high performance.

2價雜環基可舉例如從喹啉、噻唑、苯並噻唑、噻吩並噻唑、咪唑、苯並咪唑、

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-7
唑及苯並
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-8
唑中除去2個氫原子而得的基。於A2為2價雜環基的情況,較佳係分子鍵結角度實質上成為180°的結構,具體而言,更佳係2個5員環稠合而成的苯並噻唑、苯並咪唑、苯並
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-9
唑結構。 The divalent heterocyclic group may be selected from quinoline, thiazole, benzothiazole, thienothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole,
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-7
Azoles and benzo
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-8
In the case where A2 is a divalent heterocyclic group, it is preferably a structure in which the molecular bonding angle is substantially 180°. Specifically, it is more preferably benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, etc., which are formed by condensing two 5-membered rings.
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0043-9
azole structure.

T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,較佳為不同的結構,更佳係T1為吸引電子基及T2為釋出電子基或者T1為釋出電子基及T2為吸引電子基之關係。具體而言,T1及T2互相獨立地較佳為碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基、或三氟甲基,其中為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,必須為分子的排除體積更小的結構體,故較佳為碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。 T1 and T2 are electron-attracting groups or electron-releasing groups, preferably different structures, more preferably T1 is an electron-attracting group and T2 is an electron-releasing group or T1 is an electron-releasing group and T2 is an electron-attracting group. Specifically, T1 and T2 are preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an amino group having an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms formed by two substituted alkyl groups bonded to each other, or a trifluoromethyl group. In order to be included in a highly ordered liquid crystal structure such as a lamellar liquid crystal, a structure with a smaller molecular exclusion volume is required, and therefore, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, an amino group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an amino group having an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms formed by two substituted alkyl groups bonded to each other are preferred.

如此的偶氮色素可舉例如以下者。 Such azo dyes can be exemplified as follows.

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-4
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-4

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-5
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-5

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-6
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0044-6

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-7
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-7

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-8
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-8

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-9
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0045-9

式(2-1)至(2-6)中, In formulas (2-1) to (2-6),

B1至B20分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、取代或無取代胺基(取代胺基及無取代胺基的定義係如同前述)、氯原子或三氟甲基。而且,從得到高偏光性能的觀點來看,B2、B6、B9、B14、B18、B19較佳為氫原子或甲基,更佳氫原子。 B1 to B20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (the definitions of the substituted amino group and the unsubstituted amino group are the same as above), a chlorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. From the viewpoint of obtaining high polarization performance, B2 , B6 , B9 , B14 , B18 and B19 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

n1至n4分別獨立地表示0至3的整數。 n1 to n4 represent integers from 0 to 3 independently.

於n1為2以上的情況,複數個B2分別可為相同,亦可為不同; When n1 is greater than 2, the plurality of B2s may be the same or different;

於n2為2以上的情況,複數個B6分別可為相同,亦可為不同; When n2 is greater than 2, the plurality of B6 may be the same or different;

於n3為2以上的情況,複數個B9分別可為相同,亦可為不同; When n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of B9 may be the same or different;

於n4為2以上的情況,複數個B14分別可為相同,亦可為不同。 When n4 is 2 or more, the plurality of B 14 may be the same or different.

前述蒽醌色素,較佳為式(2-7)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned anthraquinone pigment is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-7).

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-1
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-1

[式(2-7)中,R1至R8分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In formula (2-7), R1 to R8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -Rx , -NH2 , -NHRx , -NRx2 , -SRx or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] Rx represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms]

前述

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-6
色素較佳為式(2-8)所表示的化合物。 aforementioned
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-6
The pigment is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-8).

Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-2
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0046-2

[式(2-8)中,R9至R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In formula (2-8), R 9 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] Rx represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms]

前述吖啶色素較佳為式(2-9)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned acridine dye is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-9).

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-12
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-12

[式(2-9)中, [In formula (2-9),

R16至R23分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 R 16 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] Rx represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms]

式(2-7)、式(2-8)及式(2-9)中之Rx所表示的碳數1至4的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基及己基等,碳數6至12的芳香基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基等。 The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R x in formula (2-7), formula (2-8) and formula (2-9) may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, and the aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be phenyl, tolyl and xylyl.

前述花青色素較佳為式(2-10)所表示的化合物及式(2-11)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned anthocyanin pigment is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-10) and a compound represented by formula (2-11).

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-13
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-13

[式(2-10)中, [In formula (2-10),

D1及D2分別獨立地表示式(2-10a)至式(2-10d)的任一式所表示的基。 D1 and D2 each independently represent a group represented by any one of Formula (2-10a) to Formula (2-10d).

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-14
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0047-14

n5表示1至3的整數] n5 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0048-15
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0048-15

[式(2-11)中, [In formula (2-11),

D3及D4分別獨立地表示式(2-11a)至式(2-11h)的任一式所表示的基。 D3 and D4 each independently represent a group represented by any one of Formula (2-11a) to Formula (2-11h).

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0048-16
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0048-16

n6表示1至3的整數] n6 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

從得到良好的光吸收特性的觀點來看,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,二色性色素的含量(包含複數種的情況則為其合計量)通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為3至15質量份。二色性色素的含量少於該範圍時,光吸收變得不足,無法得到充分的偏光性能,多於該範圍時,有阻礙液晶分子的配向的情況。 From the perspective of obtaining good light absorption characteristics, the content of the dichroic dye (the total amount if multiple types are included) is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. When the content of the dichroic dye is less than this range, light absorption becomes insufficient and sufficient polarization performance cannot be obtained. When it is more than this range, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules may be hindered.

聚合性液晶組成物可藉由將聚合性液晶化合物及添加劑等聚合性液晶化合物以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be obtained by stirring the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the components other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as the additive at a predetermined temperature.

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較 佳係形成於會賦予配向控管力的配向層上。更詳細而言,λ/4相位差層4,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於配向層5上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於垂直配向層7上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。 The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 are preferably formed on an alignment layer that provides alignment control. In more detail, the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 can be obtained by coating the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the alignment layer 5, then removing the solvent, and curing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment state by heating and/or active energy rays. The vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 can be obtained by coating the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the vertical alignment layer 7, then removing the solvent, and curing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment state by heating and/or active energy rays.

塗佈聚合性液晶組成物於配向層5或垂直配向層7上的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的塗佈方法A。除去溶劑的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑除去方法A。照射的活性能量線係依據聚合性液晶化合物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。活性能量線、其光源可使用補強層的項目中所例示者。而且,對聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的情況,紫外線照射強度、照射時間及累積光量也可在補強層的項目中所例示的範圍使用。於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以下的情況,聚合性液晶化合物的硬化變得不足,補強性有不足的情況。相反地,於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The method of coating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the alignment layer 5 or the vertical alignment layer 7 may be, for example, the coating method A illustrated in the item of the reinforcing layer. The method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the solvent removal method A illustrated in the item of the reinforcing layer. The active energy ray to be irradiated is appropriately selected according to the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the type of the photopolymerization initiator in the case of including the photopolymerization initiator, and the amount thereof. The active energy ray and its light source may use those illustrated in the item of the reinforcing layer. Moreover, in the case of irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition with ultraviolet rays, the ultraviolet ray irradiation intensity, irradiation time, and accumulated light amount may also be used within the range illustrated in the item of the reinforcing layer. When the accumulated light amount is below the range described above, the curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound becomes insufficient, and the reinforcement property is insufficient. On the contrary, when the accumulated light amount is above the range described above, the elliptical polarizing plate is colored.

[配向層] [Orientation layer]

配向層5具有使聚合性液晶化合物在預定方向配向的配向控管力。例如配向層5若是會顯現水平配向控管力作 為配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成水平配向或混合配向,若是會顯現垂直配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成垂直配向或傾斜配向。而且,由於垂直配向液晶硬化層6所含的聚合性液晶化合物形成垂直配向,故垂直配向層7係由顯現垂直配向控管力的材料所構成。配向控管力可藉由配向層的種類、表面狀態、摩擦條件等而任意地調整,於由光配向性聚合物形成的情況,可藉由偏光照射條件等而任意地調整。而且,可藉由選擇聚合性液晶化合物的表面張力、液晶性等物性而控制液晶配向。 The alignment layer 5 has an alignment control force that allows the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to align in a predetermined direction. For example, if the alignment layer 5 is a material that exhibits a horizontal alignment control force as the alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can form a horizontal alignment or a mixed alignment. If it is a material that exhibits a vertical alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can form a vertical alignment or a tilted alignment. Moreover, since the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 forms a vertical alignment, the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of a material that exhibits a vertical alignment control force. The alignment control force can be arbitrarily adjusted by the type, surface state, friction conditions, etc. of the alignment layer. In the case of being formed by a photoalignable polymer, it can be arbitrarily adjusted by polarized light irradiation conditions, etc. Moreover, the liquid crystal alignment can be controlled by selecting the surface tension, liquid crystal properties, and other physical properties of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

配向層5或配向層7較佳係具有不因聚合性液晶組成物的塗佈等而溶解的耐溶劑性,且具有在用以除去溶劑、聚合性液晶化合物的配向之加熱處理之耐熱性者。 The alignment layer 5 or the alignment layer 7 preferably has solvent resistance so as not to be dissolved by coating of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and has heat resistance in the heat treatment for removing the solvent and aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

顯現使λ/4相位差層4在水平方向配向的配向控管力的水平配向層可舉例如摩擦配向層、光配向層及表面具有凹凸圖形、複數個溝槽的溝槽配向層等。例如於應用在長條卷狀膜的情況,就可容易地控制配向方向之點而言,較佳為光配向層。 The horizontal alignment layer that exhibits the alignment control force to align the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 in the horizontal direction can be, for example, a friction alignment layer, a photo alignment layer, and a groove alignment layer having a concave-convex pattern and multiple grooves on the surface. For example, in the case of application in a long roll film, the photo alignment layer is preferred in terms of the ease of controlling the alignment direction.

摩擦配向層通常可藉由塗佈包含配向性聚合物及溶劑的組成物(以下亦稱為摩擦配向層形成用組成物)於基材,除去溶劑,形成塗佈膜,摩擦該塗佈膜,而賦予配向控管力。 The rubbing alignment layer can usually be formed by coating a composition including an aligning polymer and a solvent (hereinafter also referred to as a rubbing alignment layer forming composition) on a substrate, removing the solvent to form a coating film, and rubbing the coating film to impart alignment control force.

配向性聚合物可舉例如具有醯胺鍵的聚醯 胺、明膠類、具有醯亞胺鍵的聚醯亞胺及其水解物之聚醯胺酸、聚乙烯醇、烷基改性聚乙烯醇、聚丙烯醯胺、聚

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0051-30
唑、聚伸乙基亞胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸及聚丙烯酸酯類。該等配向性聚合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the alignment polymer include polyamides having amide bonds, gelatins, polyamides having imide bonds and their hydrolyzates, polyvinyl alcohol, alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, poly
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0051-30
The aligning polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物中的配向性聚合物的濃度若是配向性聚合物完全溶解於溶劑的範圍即可。相對於該組成物100質量份,配向性聚合物的含量較佳為0.1至20質量份,更佳為0.1至10質量份。 The concentration of the alignment polymer in the composition for forming the friction alignment layer can be within the range that the alignment polymer is completely dissolved in the solvent. The content of the alignment polymer is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the composition.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物可從市場取得。市售品可舉例如SUNEVER(註冊商標,日產化學工業(股)公司製)、OPTOMER(註冊商標,JSR(股)公司製)等。 The composition for forming the friction alignment layer can be obtained from the market. Examples of commercially available products include SUNEVER (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), OPTOMER (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR Corporation), etc.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈摩擦配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 The solvent used may be, for example, the solvents listed in the reinforcement layer. The method for coating the friction alignment layer forming composition on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method for removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

摩擦處理的方法可舉例如使前述塗佈膜接觸捲繞有摩擦布並旋轉的摩擦滾輪的方法。進行摩擦處理時,若進行遮蔽,則可在配向膜形成配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 The friction treatment method may be, for example, a method of bringing the aforementioned coated film into contact with a friction roller that is wound with a rubbing cloth and rotates. During the friction treatment, if masking is performed, multiple regions (patterns) with different orientation directions can be formed on the orientation film.

光配向層通常藉由將包含具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體與溶劑的組成物(也稱為光配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,照射偏光(較佳為偏光UV)而得。光配向層可藉由選擇照射的偏光的偏光方向, 而任意地控制配向控管力的方向。 The photo-alignment layer is usually obtained by applying a composition containing a polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent (also called a photo-alignment layer forming composition) to a substrate, removing the solvent, and then irradiating with polarized light (preferably polarized UV). The photo-alignment layer can arbitrarily control the direction of the alignment control force by selecting the polarization direction of the irradiated polarized light.

所謂光反應性基係指藉由光照射而產生配向能力的基。具體而言,可舉例如藉由光照射而產生之分子的配向誘發反應、異構化反應、光二聚化反應、光交聯反應或光分解反應等參與配向能力的起源之光反應的基。光反應性基較佳為具有不飽和鍵(特別是雙鍵)的基,特佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所成群組的至少一者的基。 The so-called photoreactive group refers to a group that generates alignment ability by light irradiation. Specifically, it can be a group that participates in the origin of the alignment ability, such as the alignment induction reaction, isomerization reaction, photodimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction or photodecomposition reaction of the molecule generated by light irradiation. The photoreactive group is preferably a group having an unsaturated bond (especially a double bond), and is particularly preferably a group having at least one selected from the group consisting of a carbon-carbon double bond (C=C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C=N bond), a nitrogen-nitrogen double bond (N=N bond) and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C=O bond).

具有C=C鍵的光反應性基可舉例如乙烯基、多烯基、二苯乙烯基、茋唑(stilbazole)基、茋唑鎓基、查耳酮基及肉桂醯基。具有C=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如具有芳香族席夫鹼、芳香族腙等結構的基。具有N=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基、甲

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0052-31
基(formazan)及具有氧偶氮苯結構的基。具有C=O鍵的光反應性基可舉例如二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基。該等基可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳香基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基、鹵烷基等取代基。 Examples of photoreactive groups having a C=C bond include vinyl, polyene, distyryl, stilbazole, stilbazolium, chalcone, and cinnamyl. Examples of photoreactive groups having a C=N bond include groups having structures such as aromatic schiff bases and aromatic hydrazones. Examples of photoreactive groups having an N=N bond include azophenyl, azonaphthyl, aromatic heterocyclic azo, bisazo, and methyl azo.
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0052-31
The photoreactive group having a C=O bond may include a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, and a maleimide group. These groups may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group, an allyloxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a halogen alkyl group.

參與光二聚化反應或光交聯反應的基,就配向性佳之點而言為較佳。其中,較佳為參與光二聚化反應的光反應性基,就配向所需的偏光照射量較少且容易得到熱安定性、經時安定性佳的光配向層之點而言,較佳為肉桂醯基及查耳酮基。具有光反應性基的聚合物特佳為在 該聚合物側鏈的末端部具有會成為肉桂酸結構或肉桂酸酯結構的肉桂醯基者。 The groups participating in the photodimerization reaction or the photocrosslinking reaction are preferred in terms of good alignment. Among them, the photoreactive groups participating in the photodimerization reaction are preferred, and the cinnamic acid group and the chalcone group are preferred in terms of the fact that the polarized light irradiation required for alignment is small and it is easy to obtain a photoalignment layer with good thermal stability and stability over time. The polymer having the photoreactive group is particularly preferred to have a cinnamic acid group that will become a cinnamic acid structure or a cinnamate structure at the end of the side chain of the polymer.

具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的含量可依聚合物或單體的種類、目的之光配向層的厚度而調節,相對於光配向層形成用組成物100質量份,較佳係至少為0.2質量份以上,更佳為0.3至10質量份的範圍。 The content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can be adjusted according to the type of polymer or monomer and the thickness of the intended photo-alignment layer. It is preferably at least 0.2 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 10 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the composition for forming the photo-alignment layer.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈光配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 The solvent used may be, for example, the solvents listed in the reinforcement layer. The method for coating the photo-alignment layer-forming composition on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method for removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

照射偏光可為例如對於從塗佈於基材上的光配向層形成用組成物除去溶劑而得者直接照射偏光的形式。而且,該偏光較佳係實質上為平行光。照射的偏光的波長可為具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的光反應性基可吸收光能量的波長區域者。具體而言,特佳為波長250至400nm的範圍的UV(紫外線)。照射該偏光的光源可舉例如氙燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、KrF、ArF等紫外光雷射等。其中,高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵素燈,因在波長313nm的紫外線的發光強度大,所以較佳。藉由使從前述光源的光通過適合的偏光元件並照射,可照射偏光UV。偏光元件可舉例如偏光濾光器、格蘭-湯姆森(Glan-Thompson)、格蘭-泰勒(Glan-Taylor)等的偏光稜鏡以及線柵。其中,從大面積化及對熱的耐性的觀點來看,較佳為線柵型偏光元件。 The irradiation of polarized light may be, for example, a form of direct irradiation of polarized light obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming the photo-alignment layer coated on the substrate. Moreover, the polarized light is preferably substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the irradiated polarized light may be a wavelength region in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet light) in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred. The light source for irradiating the polarized light may be, for example, a xenon lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a metal halogen lamp, KrF, ArF and other ultraviolet lasers. Among them, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, and metal halogen lamps are preferred because of their high luminous intensity in ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 313nm. Polarized UV can be irradiated by passing light from the aforementioned light source through a suitable polarizing element. Examples of polarizing elements include polarizing filters, polarizing prisms such as Glan-Thompson and Glan-Taylor, and wire grids. Among them, wire grid-type polarizing elements are preferred from the perspective of large area and heat resistance.

再者,進行磨擦或偏光照射時,若進行遮蔽,則可形成液晶配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 Furthermore, if shielding is performed during rubbing or polarized light irradiation, multiple regions (patterns) with different liquid crystal alignment directions can be formed.

溝槽(groove)配向層係膜表面具有凹凸圖形或複數個溝槽的膜。於在具有等間隔排列的複數個直線狀溝槽的膜塗佈聚合性液晶化合物的情況,液晶分子在沿著該溝槽的方向配向。 The groove alignment layer is a film with a concave-convex pattern or multiple grooves on the film surface. When a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to a film with multiple linear grooves arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned along the direction of the grooves.

得到溝槽配向層的方法可舉例如:於感光性聚醯亞胺膜表面,隔著具有圖形形狀的狹縫的曝光用遮罩,曝光後,進行顯像及洗滌處理,形成凹凸圖形的方法;於表面具有溝槽的板狀母盤,形成硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的層,將所形成的樹脂層移至基材後硬化的方法;以及對形成於基材的硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的膜,壓接具有複數個溝槽的滾輪狀的母盤,形成凹凸,然後硬化的方法等。 Methods for obtaining the groove alignment layer include, for example, forming a concave-convex pattern by exposing a photosensitive polyimide film surface through an exposure mask having a slit in a pattern shape, developing and washing after exposure; forming a layer of a UV curable resin before curing on a plate-shaped master having grooves on the surface, transferring the formed resin layer to a substrate and curing it; and forming a concave-convex pattern by pressing a roller-shaped master having a plurality of grooves on a film of UV curable resin before curing formed on a substrate, and then curing it.

顯現使垂直配向液晶硬化層6在垂直方向配向的配向控管力的垂直配向層較佳為應用會使配向層表面的表面張力降低的材料。如此的材料可舉例如上述配向性聚合物,例如聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、其水解物之聚醯胺酸、全氟烷基等的氟系聚合物及矽烷化合物以及該等的藉由縮合反應所得之聚矽氧烷化合物。垂直配向層可藉由將包含如此的材料與溶劑例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑之組成物(以下亦稱為垂直配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,對塗佈膜實施加熱等而得。 The vertical alignment layer that exhibits the alignment control force that makes the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 align in the vertical direction is preferably made of a material that reduces the surface tension of the alignment layer surface. Such materials include, for example, the above-mentioned alignment polymers, such as polyimide, polyamide, polyamides, polyamides of their hydrolyzates, fluorine-based polymers such as perfluoroalkyl and silane compounds, and polysiloxane compounds obtained by condensation reaction. The vertical alignment layer can be obtained by coating a composition containing such a material and a solvent such as the solvent exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for forming a vertical alignment layer) on a substrate, removing the solvent, and then applying heat to the coating film.

於垂直配向層使用矽烷化合物的情況,從容易降低表面張力、容易提高與鄰接層的密接性的觀點來 看,較佳係至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成的層,可適合使用矽烷化合物。至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性,且提高所形成的橢圓偏光板的加工特性。 When a silane compound is used in the vertical alignment layer, from the perspective of easily reducing surface tension and easily improving adhesion with the adjacent layer, it is preferred that at least the vertical alignment layer 7 is a layer composed of a compound containing Si and C as constituent elements, and a silane compound can be used appropriately. When at least the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of a compound containing Si and C as constituent elements, the adhesion with the adjacent layer can be improved, and the processing characteristics of the formed elliptical polarizer can be improved.

矽烷化合物可適合應用上述矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系,可舉例如:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基參(2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基乙氧基二甲基矽烷等。 The silane compound can be applied to the polysiloxane system such as the above-mentioned silane coupling agent, for example: vinyl trimethoxy silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, vinyl tris(2-methoxyethoxy) silane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy silane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy silane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxy silane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy Silane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-butylpropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, etc.

矽烷化合物可為聚矽氧單體型者,亦可為聚矽氧寡聚物(聚合物)型者。將聚矽氧寡聚物以(單體)-(單體)共聚物的形式表示時,可舉例如:3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚 物等含有巰基丙基的共聚物;巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有巰基甲基的共聚物;3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧 基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有乙烯基的共聚物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有胺基的共聚物等。矽烷化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。而且,有使用來作為調平劑的情況,也可使用矽烷偶合劑等。 The silane compound may be a polysiloxane monomer or a polysiloxane oligomer (polymer). When the polysiloxane oligomer is expressed in the form of a (monomer)-(monomer) copolymer, for example, copolymers containing butylpropyl groups such as 3-butylpropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-butylpropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-butylpropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-butylpropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer can be cited; copolymers containing methyl groups, such as methyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, methyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, methyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, and methyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers; 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers; 3-Methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-Methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-Methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-Methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-Methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer Copolymers containing methacryloyloxypropyl such as acryloyloxypropyl methyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-methacryloyloxypropyl methyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-acryloyloxypropyl trimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropyl trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropyl triethoxysilane 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane Silane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers and other copolymers containing acryloxypropyl; vinyl trimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, vinyl trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, vinyl triethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, vinyl triethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, vinyl methyl dimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, vinyl methyl Copolymers containing vinyl groups such as dimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers and vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Copolymers containing amino groups, such as 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, and 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers. Silane compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, in the case of using it as a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent can also be used.

該等之中,較佳為分子末端具有烷基的矽烷化合物,更佳為具有碳數3至30的烷基之矽烷化合物。 Among them, silane compounds having an alkyl group at the molecular end are preferred, and silane compounds having an alkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms are more preferred.

於本發明的較佳實施態樣中,垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間具有膜厚5μm以下的垂直配向層7,該垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。從提高與鄰接的層的密接性的觀點、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性的觀點來看,垂直配向層7較佳為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成,可適合使用 矽烷化合物。形成垂直配向層7的矽烷化合物的包含鍵結於Si原子之C原子的取代基較佳為烷基或烷氧基的碳原子數較佳為1至30,更佳為2至25,又更佳為3至20。亦即,Si元素與C元素的比(Si/C,莫耳比)較佳為0.03至1.00,更佳為0.04至0.50,又更佳為0.05至0.33。Si/C比為上述的下限以上時,垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性提高,Si/C比為上限以下時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a vertical alignment layer 7 having a film thickness of 5 μm or less is provided between the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8. The vertical alignment layer 7 is a layer composed of a compound containing Si, C and O as constituent elements. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer and the coating property of the composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6, the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably composed of a compound containing Si, C and O as constituent elements, and a silane compound can be suitably used. The substituent containing a C atom bonded to a Si atom of the silane compound forming the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, and even more preferably 3 to 20. That is, the ratio of Si element to C element (Si/C, molar ratio) is preferably 0.03 to 1.00, more preferably 0.04 to 0.50, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.33. When the Si/C ratio is above the lower limit, the coating property of the composition for forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 is improved, and when the Si/C ratio is below the upper limit, the adhesion with the adjacent layer can be improved.

溶劑可使用例如補強層8的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 The solvent used may be, for example, the solvent exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer 8. The method of coating the vertical alignment layer forming composition on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

配向層形成用組成物亦即前述摩擦配向層形成用組成物、前述光配向層形成用組成物等水平配向層形成用組成物及前述垂直配向層形成用組成物,除溶劑外,還可包含例如與聚合性液晶組成物所含的添加劑相同的添加劑。 The composition for forming the alignment layer, i.e., the horizontal alignment layer forming composition such as the aforementioned rubbing alignment layer forming composition, the aforementioned optical alignment layer forming composition, and the aforementioned vertical alignment layer forming composition, may contain, in addition to the solvent, additives such as the same additives contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

從薄膜化的觀點來看,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1μm以下,更佳為0.5μm以下,又更佳為0.3μm以下。而且,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1nm以上,更佳為5nm以上,又更佳為10nm以上,特佳為30nm以上。配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the perspective of thin film, the film thickness of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably less than 1 μm, more preferably less than 0.5 μm, and more preferably less than 0.3 μm. Moreover, the film thickness of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably more than 1 nm, more preferably more than 5 nm, more preferably more than 10 nm, and particularly preferably more than 30 nm. The film thickness of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 can be measured using an elliptical polarizer or a contact film thickness meter.

[黏接著劑] [Adhesive]

黏接著劑可舉例如感壓式黏著劑、乾燥固化型接著劑及化學反應型接著劑。化學反應型接著劑可舉例如活性能量線硬化型接著劑。 Adhesives include pressure-sensitive adhesives, dry-curing adhesives, and chemical reaction adhesives. Chemical reaction adhesives include active energy ray-curing adhesives.

感壓式黏著劑通常包含聚合物,亦可包含溶劑。聚合物可舉例如丙烯酸系聚合物、聚矽氧系聚合物、聚酯、聚胺酯或聚醚等。其中,包含丙烯酸系聚合物的丙烯酸系黏著劑,由於光學透明性佳,具有適當的潤濕性、聚集力,接著性佳,並且耐候性、耐熱性等高,在加熱、加濕的條件下不易產生浮起、剝離等,所以較佳。 Pressure-sensitive adhesives usually contain polymers and may also contain solvents. Examples of polymers include acrylic polymers, silicone polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, or polyethers. Among them, acrylic adhesives containing acrylic polymers are preferred because they have good optical transparency, appropriate wettability, cohesiveness, good adhesion, high weather resistance, and heat resistance, and are not prone to floating or peeling under heating or humidification conditions.

丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為酯部分的烷基為甲基、乙基或丁基等碳數1至20的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等具有官能基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體的共聚物。 The acrylic polymer is preferably a copolymer of a (meth)acrylate ester in which the alkyl group of the ester part is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl or butyl, and a (meth)acrylic monomer having a functional group such as (meth)acrylic acid or hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

包含如此的共聚物的感壓式黏著劑,由於黏著性佳,即使在貼合於被轉印體後除去時在被轉印體也不產生殘膠等,可較容易地除去,所以較佳。丙烯酸系聚合物的玻璃轉化溫度較佳為25℃以下,更佳為0℃以下。如此的丙烯酸系聚合物的質量平均分子量較佳為10萬以上。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer is preferred because it has good adhesion and can be easily removed without producing adhesive residues on the transfer body even when it is removed after being attached to the transfer body. The glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably below 25°C, more preferably below 0°C. The mass average molecular weight of such an acrylic polymer is preferably above 100,000.

溶劑可舉例如作為上述溶劑而列舉的溶劑等。感壓式黏著劑可含有光擴散劑。光擴散劑係對黏著劑賦予光擴散性的添加劑,若是具有與黏著劑所包含的聚合物的折射率不同的折射率的微粒子即可。光擴散劑可舉例如由無機化合物所構成的微粒子及由有機化合物(聚合物)所構成的微粒子。包含丙烯酸系聚合物,黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物大多具有1.4至1.6左右的折射率,故以從折射率為1.2至1.8之光擴散劑中適當地選擇為較佳。黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物與光擴散劑的折射率差通常為0.01以上,從顯示裝置的亮度與顯示性的觀點來看,較佳為0.01至0.2。使用來作為光擴散劑的微粒子較佳為球形微粒子且接近單分散的微粒子,更佳為平均粒徑為2至6μm的微粒子。折射率藉由一般的最小偏角法或阿貝折射計測定。 Solvents include, for example, the solvents listed as the above-mentioned solvents. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a light diffuser. The light diffuser is an additive that imparts light diffusion to the adhesive, and may be microparticles having a refractive index different from that of the polymer contained in the adhesive. Examples of light diffusers include microparticles composed of inorganic compounds and microparticles composed of organic compounds (polymers). Most polymers contained in adhesives as active ingredients, including acrylic polymers, have a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6, so it is better to appropriately select from light diffusers with a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8. The difference in refractive index between the polymer and the light diffuser contained in the adhesive as an active ingredient is usually 0.01 or more, and preferably 0.01 to 0.2 from the perspective of the brightness and display performance of the display device. The microparticles used as the light diffuser are preferably spherical microparticles and nearly monodispersed microparticles, and more preferably microparticles with an average particle size of 2 to 6μm. The refractive index is measured by the general minimum deviation angle method or Abbe refractometer.

由無機化合物所構成的微粒子可舉例如氧化鋁(折射率1.76)及氧化矽(折射率1.45)等。由有機化合物(聚合物)所構成的微粒子可舉例如三聚氰胺珠粒(折射率1.57)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯珠粒(折射率1.49)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物樹脂珠粒(折射率1.50至1.59)、聚碳酸酯珠粒(折射率1.55)、聚乙烯珠粒(折射率1.53)、聚苯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.6)、聚氯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.46)及聚矽氧樹脂珠粒(折射率1.46)等。相對於聚合物100質量份,光擴散劑的含量通常為3至30質量份。 Examples of microparticles made of inorganic compounds include aluminum oxide (refractive index 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index 1.45). Examples of microparticles made of organic compounds (polymers) include melamine beads (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate beads (refractive index 1.49), methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer resin beads (refractive index 1.50 to 1.59), polycarbonate beads (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene beads (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene beads (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride beads (refractive index 1.46), and polysilicone resin beads (refractive index 1.46). The content of the light diffuser is usually 3 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.

感壓式黏著劑的厚度依其密接力等而決定,故無特別限制,通常為1μm至40μm。從加工性、耐久性等之點來看,該厚度較佳為3μm至25μm,更佳為5μm至20μm。藉由將從黏著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度設為5μm至20μm,可保持從正面看顯示裝置的情況、從斜方向看顯示裝置的情況之亮度,不易產生顯示圖像的滲色、 模糊。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined by its adhesion, etc., so there is no special restriction, and it is usually 1μm to 40μm. From the perspective of processability, durability, etc., the thickness is preferably 3μm to 25μm, and more preferably 5μm to 20μm. By setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive to 5μm to 20μm, the brightness of the display device when viewed from the front and from an oblique direction can be maintained, and it is not easy to cause bleeding and blurring of the displayed image.

乾燥固化型接著劑可包含溶劑。乾燥固化型接著劑可舉例如:含有具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物或胺酯樹脂作為主成分,且再含有多元醛、環氧化合物、環氧樹脂、三聚氰胺化合物、氧化鋯化合物及鋅化合物等交聯劑或硬化性化合物的組成物等。具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物可舉例如乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯醯胺共聚物、聚乙酸乙烯酯的皂化物及聚乙烯醇系樹脂等。 Dry curing adhesives may contain solvents. Examples of dry curing adhesives include polymers or amine resins containing monomers having protic functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl or amine groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups as main components, and compositions containing crosslinking agents or curing compounds such as polyaldehydes, epoxy compounds, epoxy resins, melamine compounds, zirconium oxide compounds and zinc compounds. Examples of polymers containing monomers having protic functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl or amine groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups include ethylene-maleic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, acrylamide copolymers, saponified polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol resins.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可舉例如聚乙烯醇、部分皂化的聚乙烯醇、完全皂化的聚乙烯醇、羧基改性聚乙烯醇、乙醯乙醯基改性聚乙烯醇、羥甲基改性聚乙烯醇及胺基改性聚乙烯醇等。相對於水100質量份,水系黏接著劑中之聚乙烯醇系樹脂的含量通常為1至10質量份,較佳為1至5質量份。 Polyvinyl alcohol resins include polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, acetylacetyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxymethyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and amino-modified polyvinyl alcohol. The content of polyvinyl alcohol resin in water-based adhesives is usually 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of water.

胺酯樹脂可舉例如聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂等。此處所謂聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂係指具有聚酯骨架之胺酯樹脂,且為其中導入有少量離子性成分(親水成分)的樹脂。如此的離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂,不使用乳化劑,並在水中乳化成為乳膠,故可作為水系黏接著劑。於使用聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂的情況,以調配水溶性環氧化合物作為交聯劑為有效。 Examples of amine resins include polyester-based ionomer amine resins. Here, the polyester-based ionomer amine resin refers to an amine resin having a polyester skeleton and into which a small amount of ionic components (hydrophilic components) are introduced. Such ionomer amine resins do not use emulsifiers and are emulsified in water to form latex, so they can be used as water-based adhesives. When using polyester-based ionomer amine resins, it is effective to prepare a water-soluble epoxy compound as a crosslinking agent.

環氧樹脂可舉例如:使由二伸乙基三胺或 三伸乙基四胺等聚伸烷基聚胺與己二酸等二羧酸的反應所得之聚醯胺聚胺,和環氧氯丙烷反應而得之聚醯胺環氧樹脂等。如此的聚醯胺環氧樹脂的市售品可舉例如”Sumirez resin(註冊商標)650”及”Sumirez resin675”(以上住化Chemtex股份公司製)、”WS-525”(日本PMC股份公司製)等。於調配環氧樹脂的情況,相對於聚乙烯醇系樹脂100質量份,環氧樹脂添加量通常為1至100質量份,較佳為1至50質量份。 Examples of epoxy resins include polyamide polyamines obtained by reacting polyalkylene polyamines such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetramine with dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid, and polyamide epoxy resins obtained by reacting with epichlorohydrin. Examples of commercially available polyamide epoxy resins include "Sumirez resin (registered trademark) 650" and "Sumirez resin 675" (produced by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), "WS-525" (produced by Japan PMC Co., Ltd.), etc. When preparing epoxy resins, the amount of epoxy resin added is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of polyvinyl alcohol resin.

由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度通常為0.001至5μm,較佳為0.01至2μm,更佳為0.01至0.5μm。由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度太厚時,容易變成外觀不良。 The thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the dry curing adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5μm, preferably 0.01 to 2μm, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5μm. When the thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the dry curing adhesive is too thick, it is easy to become poor in appearance.

活性能量線硬化型接著劑可包含溶劑。所謂活性能量線硬化型接著劑係指受到活性能量線的照射而硬化的接著劑。活性能量線硬化型接著劑可舉例如:含有環氧化合物及陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚合性接著劑、含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性接著劑、含有環氧化合物等陽離子聚合性硬化成分及丙烯酸系化合物等自由基聚合性硬化成分兩者且再含有陽離子聚合引發劑及自由基聚合引發劑的接著劑、以及不包含該等聚合引發劑且藉由照射電子束而硬化的接著劑等。 Active energy ray-curable adhesives may contain solvents. The so-called active energy ray-curable adhesives refer to adhesives that are cured by irradiation with active energy rays. Examples of active energy ray-curable adhesives include cationic polymerizable adhesives containing epoxy compounds and cationic polymerization initiators, free radical polymerizable adhesives containing acrylic curing components and free radical polymerization initiators, adhesives containing both cationic polymerizable curing components such as epoxy compounds and free radical polymerizable curing components such as acrylic compounds and further containing cationic polymerization initiators and free radical polymerization initiators, and adhesives that do not contain these polymerization initiators and are cured by irradiation with electron beams, etc.

其中,較佳為含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及光自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑、含有環氧化合物及光陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚 合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑。丙烯酸系硬化成分可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸等。含有環氧化合物的活性能量線硬化型接著劑可再含有環氧化合物以外的化合物。環氧化合物以外的化合物可舉例如氧雜環丁烷化合物、丙烯酸化合物等。 Among them, preferred are free radical polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesives containing acrylic curing components and photo-radical polymerization initiators, and cationic polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesives containing epoxy compounds and photo-cationic polymerization initiators. Examples of acrylic curing components include (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Active energy ray-curable adhesives containing epoxy compounds may further contain compounds other than epoxy compounds. Examples of compounds other than epoxy compounds include cyclohexane compounds and acrylic compounds.

光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如上述的光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑。相對於活性能量線硬化型接著劑100質量份,自由基聚合引發劑以及陽離子聚合引發劑的含量通常為0.5至20質量份,較佳為1至15質量份。 The photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator may be, for example, the photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator mentioned above. The content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray-curable adhesive.

於活性能量線硬化型接著劑中,可再含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、黏著賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑及消泡劑等。 Active energy ray-curing adhesives may contain ion scavengers, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, adhesion promoters, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, and defoaming agents.

於本說明書中,所謂活性能量線係定義為可分解會產生活性物種的化合物而產生活性物種的能量線。如此的活性能量線可舉例如可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子束等,較佳為紫外線及電子束。較佳的紫外線的照射條件係與前述的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合相同。 In this specification, the so-called active energy rays are defined as energy rays that can decompose compounds that can produce active species to produce active species. Such active energy rays can be exemplified by visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α rays, β rays, γ rays and electron beams, preferably ultraviolet rays and electron beams. The preferred ultraviolet irradiation conditions are the same as those for the polymerization of the aforementioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

[橢圓偏光板] [Elliptical polarizing plate]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100因前述垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之層間距離為5μm以下,故充分補強薄膜的垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可抑制或防止在切割端面之波狀起伏等缺陷。所以,可應用於顯示器用途。 The elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100 of the present invention have a layer distance of less than 5 μm between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, so the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 of the film is fully reinforced, which can suppress or prevent defects such as wavy undulations on the cut end surface. Therefore, they can be applied to display applications.

於本發明的橢圓偏光板中,補強層8、配向層5及垂直配向層7較佳為具有3維折射率的各向同性(也稱為等向性)的層。 In the elliptical polarizer of the present invention, the reinforcing layer 8, the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably layers having isotropy (also called isotropic) of three-dimensional refractive index.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100的膜厚分別較佳為10至300μm,更佳為20至200μm,又更佳為30至100μm。橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的下限以上時,從加工特性的觀點來看為有利,橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的上限以下時,從薄膜化的觀點來看為有利。 The film thickness of the elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100 of the present invention is preferably 10 to 300 μm, more preferably 20 to 200 μm, and even more preferably 30 to 100 μm. When the film thickness of the elliptical polarizing plate is above the above lower limit, it is advantageous from the perspective of processing characteristics, and when the film thickness of the elliptical polarizing plate is below the above upper limit, it is advantageous from the perspective of thin filmization.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差較佳為0.20以下。面內平均折射率的差為上述上限以下時,在各層間的界面之反射變小。再者,面內平均折射率可根據實施例記載的方法測定。 The elliptical polarizing plates 1, 10 and 100 of the present invention preferably have an in-plane average refractive index difference of 0.20 or less at a wavelength of 550 nm in each adjacent layer. When the in-plane average refractive index difference is below the above upper limit, the reflection at the interface between the layers becomes smaller. Furthermore, the in-plane average refractive index can be measured according to the method described in the embodiment.

[橢圓偏光板的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptical polarizing plate]

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1可藉由分別形成偏光層2、λ/4相位差層4與配向層5的積層體A、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6與垂直配向層7與補強層8的積層體B後,隔著黏接著劑層3貼合而得。例如於基材上形成依序積層有配向層5及λ/4相位差層4的積層體A,以及於基材上形成依序積層有補強層8、垂直配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑層3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝 離基材,製作積層體C。然後,將積層體C的配向層5側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑層3貼合,只剝離基材,藉此可製作橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptical polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 can be obtained by separately forming a laminate A of a polarizing layer 2, a λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and an alignment layer 5, and a laminate B of a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7 and a reinforcing layer 8, and then bonding them together via an adhesive layer 3. For example, a laminate A is formed on a substrate, wherein an alignment layer 5 and a λ/4 phase difference layer 4 are sequentially stacked, and a laminate B is formed on a substrate, wherein a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7 and a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 are sequentially stacked. A polarizing layer 2 is attached to the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 side of the laminate A via an adhesive layer 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 and the slow axis of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 form an angle of 45°. Only the substrate is peeled off to produce a laminate C. Then, the alignment layer 5 side of the laminate C is bonded to the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 side of the laminate B via the adhesive layer 3, and only the substrate is peeled off, thereby manufacturing the elliptical polarizing plate 1.

第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑層3貼合,只剝離基材,而製作積層體D。然後,可將積層體D的補強層8側與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑層3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材而製作。 The elliptical polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 can be manufactured by separately manufacturing the polarizing layer 2, the aforementioned laminate A, and the aforementioned laminate B, and bonding the polarizing layer 2 to the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 side of the laminate B through the adhesive layer 3, and only peeling off the substrate to manufacture the laminate D. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 side of the laminate D can be bonded to the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 side of the laminate A through the adhesive layer 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45° relative to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, and only peeling off the substrate to manufacture.

第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑層3貼合,剝離兩者的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8側與偏光層2隔著黏接著劑層3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合而可製作。 The elliptical polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 can be manufactured by separately manufacturing the polarizing layer 2, the aforementioned laminate A, and the aforementioned laminate B, bonding the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 side of the laminate A to the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 side of the laminate B via the adhesive layer 3, and peeling off the substrates of both to manufacture the laminate E. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 side of the laminate E is bonded to the polarizing layer 2 via the adhesive layer 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45° relative to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4.

(基材) (Base material)

基材可舉例如玻璃基材及膜基材,從加工性的觀點來看,較佳為膜基材,就可連續製造之點而言,更佳為長條卷狀膜。構成膜基材的樹脂可舉例如:聚乙烯、聚丙烯、降莰烯系聚合物等聚烯烴;環狀烯烴系樹脂;聚乙烯醇;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯;聚甲基丙烯酸酯;聚丙烯酸酯;三 乙醯基纖維素、二乙醯基纖維素及纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯等纖維素酯;聚萘二甲酸乙二酯;聚碳酸酯;聚碸;聚醚碸;聚醚酮;聚苯硫醚及聚苯醚等塑膠。在該基材的與黏接著劑層的接合面,可實施如聚矽氧處理等離型處理。市售的纖維素酯基材可舉例如”FUJITAC FILM”(FUJIFILM股份公司製);”KC8UX2M”、”KC8UY”及”KC4UY”(以上柯尼卡美能達光學股份公司製)等。可將如此的樹脂藉由溶劑澆注法、熔融擠出法等習知手段製膜,而成為基材。 The substrate may be, for example, a glass substrate or a film substrate. From the viewpoint of processability, a film substrate is preferred, and from the viewpoint of continuous production, a long roll film is more preferred. The resin constituting the film substrate may be, for example, polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and norbornene polymers; cyclic olefin resins; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalate; polymethacrylate; polyacrylate; cellulose esters such as triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate propionate; polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate; polysulfone; polyethersulfone; polyetherketone; polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene ether. The bonding surface of the substrate with the adhesive layer may be subjected to a plasma treatment such as a polysilicone treatment. Commercially available cellulose ester substrates include, for example, "FUJITAC FILM" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.); "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY" and "KC4UY" (manufactured by Konica Minolta Optical Co., Ltd.). Such resins can be made into films by known means such as solvent casting and melt extrusion to form substrates.

市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂可舉例如”Topas”(註冊商標)(Ticona公司(獨)製)、”ARTON”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)、”ZEONOR”(註冊商標)、”ZEONEX”(註冊商標)(以上日本ZEON股份公司製)及”APEL”(註冊商標)(三井化學股份公司製)。可使用市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材。市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材可舉例如”Escena”(註冊商標)、”SCA40”(註冊商標)(以上積水化學工業股份公司製)、”ZEONOR FILM”(註冊商標)(OPTES股份公司製)及”ARTON FILM”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)。 Examples of commercially available cyclic olefin resins include "Topas" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Ticona Corporation (sole proprietorship)), "ARTON" (registered trademark) (manufactured by JSR Corporation), "ZEONOR" (registered trademark), "ZEONEX" (registered trademark) (manufactured by ZEON Corporation) and "APEL" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.). Commercially available cyclic olefin resin substrates may be used. Examples of commercially available cyclic olefin resin substrates include "Escena" (registered trademark), "SCA40" (registered trademark) (both manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industries, Ltd.), "ZEONOR FILM" (registered trademark) (manufactured by OPTES Co., Ltd.), and "ARTON FILM" (registered trademark) (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.).

基材較佳為容易積層各層且容易剝離的厚度。如此的基材的厚度通常為5至300μm,較佳為10至150μm。 The substrate preferably has a thickness that is easy to stack and peel. The thickness of such a substrate is usually 5 to 300 μm, preferably 10 to 150 μm.

[橢圓偏光板的其他態樣] [Other forms of elliptical polarizing plates]

第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板1、10及100雖包含黏接著劑層3、配向層5及垂直配向層7,但本發明的橢圓偏光板至少具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層即可,亦可包含該等以外的層例如其他配向液晶硬化層、保護層等。 Although the elliptical polarizers 1, 10 and 100 shown in Figures 1 to 3 include an adhesive layer 3, an alignment layer 5 and a vertical alignment layer 7, the elliptical polarizer of the present invention only needs to have a polarizing layer, a λ/4 phase difference layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer and a reinforcing layer, and may also include layers other than these, such as other alignment liquid crystal curing layers, protective layers, etc.

其他配向液晶硬化層可舉例如在λ/4相位差層的項目中所例示的正A板、正C板、負A板、負C板等。 Other oriented liquid crystal curing layers include the positive A plate, positive C plate, negative A plate, negative C plate, etc. listed in the λ/4 phase difference layer.

於較佳的態樣中,其他配向液晶硬化層具有式(6)所表示的光學特性,較佳具有式(6-1)所表示的光學特性。面內相位差值Re(550)可用與上述λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值的調整方法相同的方法調整。 In a preferred embodiment, the other oriented liquid crystal curing layer has the optical properties represented by formula (6), preferably the optical properties represented by formula (6-1). The in-plane phase difference value Re(550) can be adjusted by the same method as the in-plane phase difference value adjustment method of the above-mentioned λ/4 phase difference layer.

200nm<Re(550)<320nm (6) 200nm<Re(550)<320nm (6)

265nm<Re(550)<285nm (6-1) 265nm<Re(550)<285nm (6-1)

而且,其他配向液晶硬化層的Re(450)/Re(550)可為1.00以上,亦可為1.00以下,從提高橢圓偏光板的橢圓率的觀點來看,越接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)越佳,針對Re(650)/Re(550)同樣以接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(650)/ReQ(550)的值者為較佳。 Furthermore, the Re(450)/Re(550) of other oriented liquid crystal curing layers can be greater than 1.00 or less than 1.00. From the perspective of increasing the elliptical ratio of the elliptical polarizing plate, the closer the ReQ(450)/ReQ(550) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, the better. For Re(650)/Re(550), the value closer to the ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 is also better.

其他配向液晶硬化層的膜厚較佳為0.5μm至5.0μm,更佳為2.0μm至4.5μm。 The film thickness of other oriented liquid crystal curing layers is preferably 0.5μm to 5.0μm, more preferably 2.0μm to 4.5μm.

保護層較佳係由下述保護層形成用組成物所形成,該保護層形成用組成物通常含有由多官能基丙烯酸酯(甲基丙烯酸酯)、胺酯丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、環氧基丙烯酸酯等所構成的丙烯酸系寡聚物或聚合物、聚乙烯醇、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、澱粉類、甲基纖維素、羧基甲基纖維素、海藻酸鈉等水溶性聚合物與 溶劑。 The protective layer is preferably formed by the following protective layer forming composition, which usually contains acrylic oligomers or polymers composed of multifunctional acrylates (methacrylates), amine acrylates, polyester acrylates, epoxy acrylates, etc., polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, starches, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium alginate and other water-soluble polymers and solvents.

保護層形成用組成物所含的溶劑可舉例如與聚合性液晶組成物的項目中所例示的溶劑相同的溶劑,其中,選自由水、醇溶劑及醚溶劑所成群組的至少一種溶劑,就不溶解形成保護層的層之點而言較佳。醇溶劑可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、丁醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚及丙二醇單甲醚。醚溶劑可舉例如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。其中,較佳為乙醇、異丙醇、丙二醇單甲醚及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 The solvent contained in the composition for forming the protective layer may be, for example, the same solvent as the solvent exemplified in the item of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, wherein at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of water, alcohol solvents and ether solvents is preferred in terms of not dissolving the layer forming the protective layer. Alcohol solvents may be, for example, methanol, ethanol, butanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. Ether solvents may be, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Among them, ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferred.

保護層的膜厚為0.1μm至10μm,更佳為0.3μm至5.0μm。 The film thickness of the protective layer is 0.1μm to 10μm, preferably 0.3μm to 5.0μm.

本發明的橢圓偏光板,可如第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板,在形成各層後隔著黏接著劑貼合各層,亦可為將各層不隔著黏接著劑等而直接積層。貼合各層的方法可為例如於基材上分別積層各層,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合後,剝離基材的方法;或者剝離基材後,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合的方法。再者,直接積層各層的方法或將層積層於基材上的方法可使用與上述將各層形成於基材的方法相同的方法。而且,在將層積層於基材上之前、將各層隔著黏接著劑貼合之前,可於基材表面或各層的表面實施表面處理例如電暈處理、電漿處理等。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention may be formed by laminating each layer with an adhesive as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, or may be directly laminated without an adhesive. The method of laminating each layer may be, for example, laminating each layer on a substrate, laminating the layers with an adhesive, and then peeling off the substrate; or peeling off the substrate and laminating the layers with an adhesive. Furthermore, the method of directly laminating each layer or the method of laminating the layers on the substrate may use the same method as the method of forming each layer on the substrate described above. Furthermore, before laminating the layers on the substrate and bonding the layers together via an adhesive, surface treatment such as corona treatment or plasma treatment may be performed on the surface of the substrate or the surface of each layer.

[顯示裝置] [Display device]

本發明的橢圓偏光板可利用於顯示裝置。所謂顯示裝置係具有顯示機構的裝置,且包含發光元件或發光裝置作 為發光源。顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、無機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、觸控面板顯示裝置、電子發射顯示裝置(電場發射顯示裝置(FED等)、表面電場發射顯示裝置(SED))、電子紙(使用了電子印墨、電泳元件之顯示裝置)、電漿顯示裝置、投影型顯示裝置(光柵光閥(GLV)顯示裝置、具有數位微鏡裝置(DMD)的顯示裝置等)及壓電陶瓷顯示器等。液晶顯示裝置包括穿透型液晶顯示裝置、半穿透型液晶顯示裝置、反射型液晶顯示裝置、直視型液晶顯示裝置及投影型液晶顯示裝置等的任一種。該等顯示裝置可為顯示2維影像的顯示裝置,亦可為顯示3維影像的立體顯示裝置。尤其,具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的顯示裝置較佳為有機EL顯示裝置及觸控面板顯示裝置,特佳為有機EL顯示裝置。本發明也包含具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a display device. The so-called display device is a device having a display mechanism and including a light-emitting element or a light-emitting device as a light source. Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescent (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescent (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, an electron emission display device (field emission display device (FED, etc.), a surface field emission display device (SED)), an electronic paper (a display device using electronic ink or an electrophoretic element), a plasma display device, a projection display device (a grating valve (GLV) display device, a display device having a digital micromirror device (DMD), etc.), and a piezoelectric ceramic display. Liquid crystal display devices include any of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, and a projection liquid crystal display device. Such display devices may be display devices that display 2D images, or may be stereoscopic display devices that display 3D images. In particular, the display device having the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably an organic EL display device and a touch panel display device, and is particularly preferably an organic EL display device. The present invention also includes an organic EL display device having the elliptical polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的有機EL顯示裝置的較佳態樣可舉例如將第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板的補強層8側隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置、將第2圖或第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板的配向層5隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置。 Preferred embodiments of the organic EL display device of the present invention include, for example, a device in which the reinforcing layer 8 of the elliptical polarizing plate shown in FIG. 1 is bonded to the organic EL panel via an adhesive, or a device in which the alignment layer 5 of the elliptical polarizing plate shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3 is bonded to the organic EL panel via an adhesive.

[實施例] [Implementation example]

以下,藉由實施例,更具體地說明本發明。又,例中的「%」及「份」,除非另有說明,否則係意指質量%及質量份。而且,以下的實施例所使用的聚合物膜、裝置及測定方法係如下述。 The present invention is described in more detail below through examples. In addition, "%" and "parts" in the examples refer to mass % and mass parts unless otherwise specified. In addition, the polymer films, devices and measurement methods used in the following examples are as follows.

‧電暈處理裝置使用春日電機股份公司製的AGF-B10。 ‧The corona treatment device used is AGF-B10 manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.

‧電暈處理,在對基材塗佈組成物的情況,可適當地實施。使用上述電暈處理裝置,在輸出0.3kW、處理速度3m/分鐘的條件下進行1次。 ‧Corona treatment can be appropriately carried out when the composition is applied to the substrate. Use the above-mentioned corona treatment device and perform it once under the conditions of output 0.3kW and treatment speed 3m/min.

‧偏光UV照射裝置使用Ushio電機股份公司製的附偏光片單元的SPOT CURE SP-9。 ‧The polarized UV irradiation device used was SPOT CURE SP-9 with a polarizer unit manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.

‧高壓水銀燈使用Ushio電機股份公司製的Unicure VB-15201BY-A。 ‧The high-pressure mercury lamp used was Unicure VB-15201BY-A manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.

‧面內方向的相位差值Re(λ)使用王子計測機器股份公司製的KOBRA-WPR進行測定。 ‧The in-plane phase difference value Re(λ) was measured using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.

‧厚度方向的相位差值Rth(λ)及膜厚使用日本分光股份公司製的橢圓偏光儀M-220或接觸式膜厚計(Nikon公司製MH-15M、Counter TC101、MS-5C)進行測定。而且,Si/C的比係由垂直配向層7的元素分析、使用X射線光電分光法的表面構成元素的測定而計算出,或者在垂直配向層7的形成所使用的化合物的結構式為完全已知的情況,可由結構式計算出。 ‧The phase difference value Rth(λ) in the thickness direction and the film thickness are measured using an elliptoscope M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation or a contact-type film thickness meter (MH-15M, Counter TC101, MS-5C manufactured by Nikon Corporation). In addition, the Si/C ratio is calculated by elemental analysis of the vertical alignment layer 7, measurement of surface constituent elements using X-ray photospectroscopy, or when the structural formula of the compound used in the formation of the vertical alignment layer 7 is completely known, it can be calculated from the structural formula.

(實施例1) (Implementation Example 1)

如以下的方式製作第1圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptical polarizing plate 1 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 1 is manufactured as follows.

[偏光層2的製造] [Manufacturing of polarizing layer 2]

將平均聚合度約2400、皂化度99.9莫耳%以上、厚度75μm的聚乙烯醇膜浸漬於30℃的純水後,以30℃浸漬於 碘/碘化鉀/水的質量比為0.02/2/100的水溶液,進行碘染色(碘染色步驟)。然後,將經過碘染色步驟的聚乙烯醇膜以56.5℃浸漬於碘化鉀/硼酸/水的質量比為12/5/100的水溶液而進行硼酸處理(硼酸處理步驟)。將經過硼酸處理步驟的聚乙烯醇膜使用8℃的純水洗淨後,於65℃進行乾燥,得到碘吸附配向於聚乙烯醇的偏光片(延伸後的厚度為27μm)。此時,於碘染色步驟及硼酸處理步驟中進行延伸。如此的延伸的總延伸倍率為5.3倍。將所得之偏光片與經皂化處理的三乙醯基纖維素膜(柯尼卡美能達公司製KC4UYTAC 40μm),隔著水系接著劑,使用夾持滾輪貼合。在將所得之貼合物的張力保持於430N/cm的同時於60℃乾燥2分鐘,得到單面具有三乙醯基纖維素膜作為保護膜的偏光層。再者,前述水系接著劑係於水100份中添加羧基改性聚乙烯醇(Kuraray製、「Kuraray Poval KL318」)3份及水溶性聚醯胺環氧樹脂(住化Chemtex公司製、「Sumirez resin 650」、固體成分濃度30%的水溶液)1.5份而調製。 A polyvinyl alcohol film with an average degree of polymerization of about 2400, a saponification degree of more than 99.9 mol%, and a thickness of 75 μm was immersed in pure water at 30°C, and then immersed in an aqueous solution with a mass ratio of iodine/potassium iodide/water of 0.02/2/100 at 30°C for iodine dyeing (iodine dyeing step). Then, the polyvinyl alcohol film that had undergone the iodine dyeing step was immersed in an aqueous solution with a mass ratio of potassium iodide/boric acid/water of 12/5/100 at 56.5°C for boric acid treatment (boric acid treatment step). The polyvinyl alcohol film that had undergone the boric acid treatment step was washed with pure water at 8°C and dried at 65°C to obtain a polarizer with iodine adsorption oriented to polyvinyl alcohol (thickness after stretching was 27 μm). At this time, stretching is performed in the iodine dyeing step and the boric acid treatment step. The total stretching ratio of such stretching is 5.3 times. The obtained polarizer is bonded to the saponified triacetyl cellulose film (KC4UYTAC 40μm manufactured by Konica Minolta) using a clamping roller through a water-based adhesive. While maintaining the tension of the obtained bond at 430N/cm, it is dried at 60°C for 2 minutes to obtain a polarizing layer with a triacetyl cellulose film as a protective film on one side. Furthermore, the aforementioned water-based adhesive is prepared by adding 3 parts of carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol (manufactured by Kuraray, "Kuraray Poval KL318") and 1.5 parts of water-soluble polyamide epoxy resin (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex, "Sumirez resin 650", an aqueous solution with a solid content concentration of 30%) to 100 parts of water.

針對所得之偏光層2進行光學特性的測定。測定係將上述所得之偏光層的偏光片的面作為入射面,使用分光光度計(「V7100」、日本分光製)實施。偏光層的吸收軸與聚乙烯醇的延伸方向一致,所得之偏光層的視感度校正單體穿透率為42.1%,視感度校正偏光度為99.996%,單體色相a為-1.1,單體色相b為3.7。 The optical properties of the obtained polarizing layer 2 were measured. The measurement was carried out using a spectrophotometer ("V7100", manufactured by JASCO Corporation) with the surface of the polarizer of the obtained polarizing layer as the incident surface. The absorption axis of the polarizing layer was consistent with the stretching direction of polyvinyl alcohol. The visual sensitivity corrected monomer transmittance of the obtained polarizing layer was 42.1%, the visual sensitivity corrected polarization was 99.996%, the monomer hue a was -1.1, and the monomer hue b was 3.7.

[λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)的調製] [Preparation of composition (a) for forming the alignment layer 5 for forming the λ/4 phase difference layer 4]

將下述結構的光配向性材料5份(重量平均分子量:30000)與環戊酮(溶劑)95份作為成分進行混合,將所得之混合物在80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)。 5 parts of the photo-alignment material of the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 30000) and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80°C for 1 hour to obtain a composition (a) for forming an alignment layer 5 for forming a λ/4 phase difference layer 4.

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0072-17
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0072-17

[λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of the composition for forming the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and the composition for forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6]

對於以下所示的聚合性液晶化合物A及聚合性液晶化合物B以90:10的質量比混合而成的混合物,添加調平劑(F-556;DIC公司製)1.0份及聚合引發劑之2-二甲基胺基-2-苯甲基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(「Irgacure 369(Irg369)」、日本BASF股份公司製)6份。 To the mixture of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound A and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound B shown below in a mass ratio of 90:10, 1.0 part of a leveling agent (F-556; manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 6 parts of 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)butane-1-one ("Irgacure 369 (Irg369)", manufactured by BASF Corporation of Japan) as a polymerization initiator were added.

再者,以使固體成分濃度成為13%之方式添加N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP),於80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物。 Furthermore, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%, and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 1 hour to obtain a composition for forming a λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and a composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6.

聚合性液晶化合物A係使用日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。而且,聚合性液晶化合物B係根據日本特開2009-173893號公報記載的方法製造。以下表示各自的分子結構。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound A is produced using the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-31223. Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound B is produced according to the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-173893. The molecular structures of each are shown below.

[聚合性液晶化合物A] [Polymerizable liquid crystal compound A]

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0073-18
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0073-18

[聚合性液晶化合物B] [Polymerizable liquid crystal compound B]

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0073-19
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0073-19

[由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A的製造] [Manufacturing of a laminate A consisting of a substrate, an alignment layer 5 and a λ/4 phase difference layer 4]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的環烯烴聚合物膜(COP)(ZF-14-50、膜厚50μm)上,使用棒塗器塗佈配向層形成用組成物(a),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,使用偏光UV照射裝置(「SPOT CURE SP-9」、Ushio電機股份公司製),以在波長313nm的累積光量:100mJ/cm2、軸角度為45°實施偏光UV曝光。將所得之配向層5的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為100nm。 The composition for forming an alignment layer (a) was applied on a cycloolefin polymer film (COP) (ZF-14-50, 50 μm thick) manufactured by ZEON Co., Ltd. of Japan using a bar coater, dried at 80°C for 1 minute, and exposed to polarized UV light using a polarized UV irradiation device ("SPOT CURE SP-9", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) at a wavelength of 313 nm and an accumulated light dose of 100 mJ/cm 2 and an axis angle of 45°. The thickness of the resulting alignment layer 5 was measured using an elliptical polarizer and was 100 nm.

然後,於配向層5,使用棒塗器塗佈λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成λ/4相位差層4,得到由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A。將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為2.3μm。 Then, the composition for forming the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 was applied to the alignment layer 5 using a bar coater, dried at 120°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light (in a nitrogen atmosphere, the accumulated light amount at a wavelength of 365nm: 500mJ/ cm2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to form the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, thereby obtaining a laminate A composed of the substrate, the alignment layer 5, and the λ/4 phase difference layer 4. The film thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A was measured using an elliptical polarizer and was 2.3μm.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層 形成用組成物(b)的調製] [Preparation of a composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer]

將信越化學工業股份公司製的矽烷偶合劑「KBE-3103」溶解於已使乙醇與水以9:1(質量比)的比例混合的混合溶劑中,得到固體成分0.5%的垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)。 The silane coupling agent "KBE-3103" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. was dissolved in a mixed solvent in which ethanol and water were mixed in a ratio of 9:1 (mass ratio) to obtain a vertical alignment layer forming composition (b) having a solid content of 0.5% for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer.

[包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 including an acrylic resin]

調製將二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M-403、東亞合成股份公司製多官能基丙烯酸酯)50份、丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)50份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,調製包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物。 A reinforcing layer-forming composition containing an acrylic resin was prepared by dissolving 50 parts of dipentatriol hexaacrylate (ARONIX M-403, a multifunctional acrylate manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 50 parts of an acrylic resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.), and 3 parts of 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-oxolinylpropane-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) in 250 parts of isopropyl alcohol to prepare a solution.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造] [Manufacturing of a laminate B consisting of a substrate, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7 and a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的已實施離型處理的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(Lintec(股)製、SP-PLR382050、以下簡稱為「分隔片」)上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為10μm。 然後,於補強層8上,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,得到垂直配向層7。將所得之垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為50nm。 A reinforcing layer-forming composition containing an acrylic resin was applied to a release-treated polyethylene terephthalate film (SP-PLR382050 manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., hereinafter referred to as a "separator") manufactured by ZEON Co., Ltd. of Japan using a bar coater, dried at 50°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (in a nitrogen atmosphere, the accumulated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm: 500 mJ/ cm2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to form a reinforcing layer 8 containing an acrylic resin. The film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was measured to be 10 μm using a contact film thickness meter. Then, the vertical alignment layer forming composition (b) was applied on the reinforcing layer 8 using a bar coater and dried at 80° C. for 1 minute to obtain the vertical alignment layer 7. The film thickness of the obtained vertical alignment layer 7 was measured using an elliptical polarizer and was found to be 50 nm.

再者,於垂直配向層7,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成垂直配向液晶硬化層6,得到由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B。將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為1.2μm。而且,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為50nm。而且,垂直配向層7的構成元素比,Si/C=0.33。 Furthermore, a composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6 was applied to the vertically aligned layer 7 using a bar coater, dried at 120°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (in a nitrogen atmosphere, the accumulated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm: 500 mJ/cm 2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to form a vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6, thereby obtaining a laminate B composed of a substrate, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7, and a vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6 of the laminate B was measured using an elliptical polarizer and was found to be 1.2 μm. Furthermore, the interlayer distance between the reinforcing layer 8 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 is 50 nm. Furthermore, the constituent element ratio of the vertical alignment layer 7 is Si/C=0.33.

[λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Re測定] [Re measurement of λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6]

用上述方法製造的λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的面內相位差值(Re1(λ)及Re2(λ)),係在確認屬於基材的COP膜無相位差後,藉由測定機(「KOBRA-WPR」、王子計測機器股份公司製)進行測定。測定在各波長之相位差值ReQ(λ)的結果,ReQ(450)=119nm、ReQ(550)=140nm、ReQ(650)=146nm、ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)=0.85。 The in-plane phase difference values (Re1(λ) and Re2(λ)) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 manufactured by the above method were measured by a measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR", manufactured by Oji Testing Instruments Co., Ltd.) after confirming that the COP film belonging to the substrate has no phase difference. The results of measuring the phase difference value ReQ(λ) at each wavelength are ReQ(450)=119nm, ReQ(550)=140nm, ReQ(650)=146nm, and ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)=0.85.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Rth測定] [Measurement of Rth of Vertically Aligned Liquid Crystal Hardened Layer 6]

用上述方法製造的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向相位差值(RthV(λ)),係將垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)與玻璃貼合,剝離屬於基材的分隔片,製作測定用樣品後,在確認配向層7及補強層8無相位差後,藉由橢圓偏光儀,改變光對樣品的入射角,進行測定。而且,450nm及550nm的波長λ的平均折射率係使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)進行測定。由所得之膜厚、平均折射率及橢圓偏光儀的測定結果計算出的RthV分別為RthV(450)=-60nm、RthV(550)=-70nm、RthV(450)/RthV(550)=0.85。 The thickness direction phase difference value (RthV(λ)) of the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 manufactured by the above method is measured by bonding the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 to glass via an adhesive layer 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15μm manufactured by Lintec Corporation), peeling off the separator belonging to the substrate, and making a sample for measurement. After confirming that there is no phase difference between the alignment layer 7 and the reinforcing layer 8, the incident angle of light on the sample is changed by an elliptical polarizer. In addition, the average refractive index at the wavelength λ of 450nm and 550nm is measured using a refractometer ("Multi-wavelength Abbe Refractometer DR-M4" manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.). The RthV calculated from the obtained film thickness, average refractive index and the measurement results of the elliptical polarizer are RthV(450)=-60nm, RthV(550)=-70nm, and RthV(450)/RthV(550)=0.85.

[橢圓偏光板1的製造] [Manufacturing of elliptical polarizing plate 1]

對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將上述製造的偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材,製作積層體C。然後,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體C的配向層5與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,只剝離基材,製作橢圓偏光板1。 After the surface coated with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A is subjected to a corona treatment, the polarizing layer 2 manufactured as above and the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A are attached to each other via an adhesive layer 3 (15 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec) so that the angle between the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 and the slow axis of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 becomes 45°. Only the substrate is peeled off to produce a laminate C. Then, after the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 of the laminate B is subjected to a corona treatment, the alignment layer 5 of the laminate C is bonded to the vertical alignment liquid crystal curing layer 6 of the laminate B via an adhesive layer 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15μm manufactured by Lintec), and only the substrate is peeled off to produce an elliptical polarizing plate 1.

[各層的面內平均折射率的差] [Difference in in-plane average refractive index of each layer]

根據上述方法將各層塗佈於玻璃上,使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)或橢圓偏光儀,計算出各層的平均折射率,確認各層的面內平均折射率的差為0.2以下。 Each layer was coated on glass according to the above method, and the average refractive index of each layer was calculated using a refractometer ("Multi-wavelength Abbe Refractometer DR-M4" manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.) or an elliptical polarizer, and the difference in the average refractive index within the plane of each layer was confirmed to be less than 0.2.

[切割端面的觀察] [Observation of the cut end surface]

將所得之橢圓偏光板放置於切割墊上,使用切割器切出3cm×3cm的正方形後,將端面使用10倍放大鏡目視觀察,確認是否產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷。將相同的操作實施3次,即使是其中1次也將觀察到缺陷的情況設為X,將沒有觀察到缺陷的情況設為○,將結果記載於表1。 Place the obtained elliptical polarizing plate on a cutting pad, cut a 3cm×3cm square with a cutter, and visually observe the end surface with a 10x magnifying glass to check whether there are defects such as undulation and cracks. Perform the same operation 3 times, and set X if a defect is observed even once, and set ○ if no defect is observed. The results are recorded in Table 1.

(實施例2及3) (Examples 2 and 3)

除了將補強層8的膜厚變更為表1的記載以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for changing the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 to that shown in Table 1, an elliptical polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface was observed.

(實施例4) (Implementation Example 4)

除了混合0.5重量%的聚醯亞胺(「SUNEVER SE-610」、日產化學工業股份公司製)、72.3重量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、18.1重量%的2-丁氧基乙醇、9.1重量%的乙基環己烷及0.01重量%的DPHA(新中村化學製)而製作垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),並使用該垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)及將補強層8的膜厚設為5μm以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。再者,將垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為0.5μm。據此,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為0.5μm。 An elliptical polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 0.5 wt% of polyimide ("SUNEVER SE-610", manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 72.3 wt% of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 18.1 wt% of 2-butoxyethanol, 9.1 wt% of ethylcyclohexane and 0.01 wt% of DPHA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical) were mixed to prepare a composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer, and the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was set to 5 μm. The cut end face was observed. The results are shown in Table 1. The film thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 was measured by an elliptical polarizer to be 0.5 μm. Accordingly, the interlayer distance between the reinforcement layer 8 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 is 0.5μm.

(實施例5) (Example 5)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏 光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except for changing the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8, an elliptical polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface was observed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 including an epoxy resin]

混合3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯80份、2-乙基己基環氧丙基醚20份、SAN-APRO公司製CPI-100P 2.25份、碳酸伸丙酯2.25份,調製包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物。 Mix 80 parts of 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester, 20 parts of 2-ethylhexyl epoxypropyl ether, 2.25 parts of CPI-100P manufactured by SAN-APRO, and 2.25 parts of propylene carbonate to prepare a composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 containing an epoxy resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)] [Manufacturing of a laminate B consisting of a substrate, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7 and a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 (manufacturing of the reinforcing layer 8 only)]

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 On the separator subjected to release treatment, a reinforcing layer 8-forming composition containing epoxy resin was applied using a bar coater, dried at 50°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (in a nitrogen atmosphere, cumulative light quantity at a wavelength of 365 nm: 400 mJ/cm 2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to form a reinforcing layer 8 containing epoxy resin. The film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was measured with a contact film thickness meter and was 5 μm.

(實施例6) (Implementation Example 6)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except for changing the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8, an elliptical polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface was observed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 including an urethane resin]

調製將丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)100份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,得到包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物。 A solution was prepared by dissolving 100 parts of an acrylic resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.) and 3 parts of 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-oxolinylpropane-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) in 250 parts of isopropyl alcohol to obtain a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 containing an amine resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)] [Manufacturing of a laminate B consisting of a substrate, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7 and a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 (manufacturing of the reinforcing layer 8 only)]

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 On the separator subjected to release treatment, a composition for forming a reinforcing layer 8 containing an urethane resin was applied using a bar coater, dried at 50°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (in a nitrogen atmosphere, the accumulated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm: 400 mJ/cm 2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) to form a reinforcing layer 8 containing an urethane resin. The film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was measured with a contact film thickness meter and was 5 μm.

(實施例7至9) (Examples 7 to 9)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第2圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板10,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for changing the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 and changing the manufacturing method of the elliptical polarizing plate to the following, the elliptical polarizing plate 10 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 2 is manufactured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface is observed.

[橢圓偏光板10的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptical polarizing plate 10]

首先,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側與上述所得之偏光層2隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離基材,製作積層體D。然後,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將積層體D的補強層8與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,剝離基材,製 作橢圓偏光板10。 First, after the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6 of the laminate B is subjected to a corona treatment, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6 of the laminate B is attached to the polarizing layer 2 obtained above via an adhesive layer 3 (15 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec), and the substrate is peeled off to produce a laminate D. Then, after applying a corona treatment to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition coating surface of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A, the reinforcing layer 8 of the laminate D and the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A are attached via an adhesive layer 3 (15μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec) so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45° relative to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, and the substrate is peeled off to produce an elliptical polarizing plate 10.

(實施例10至12) (Examples 10 to 12)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第3圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板100,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for changing the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 and changing the manufacturing method of the elliptical polarizing plate to the following, the elliptical polarizing plate 100 having the layer structure shown in FIG. 3 is manufactured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface is observed.

[橢圓偏光板100的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptical polarizing plate 100]

首先,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4及積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離積層體B的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8與偏光層2,隔著黏接著劑層3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合後,剝離積層體A所含的基材,製作橢圓偏光板100。 First, after the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A and the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 of the laminate B are subjected to coma treatment, the λ/4 phase difference layer 4 of the laminate A and the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 of the laminate B are bonded together via an adhesive layer 3 (15μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec), and the substrate of the laminate B is peeled off to produce the laminate E. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 of the laminate E and the polarizing layer 2 are bonded together through an adhesive layer 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm manufactured by Lintec) so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially 45° relative to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 phase difference layer 4, and then the substrate contained in the laminate A is peeled off to produce an elliptical polarizing plate 100.

(比較例1) (Comparison Example 1)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例1相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for omitting the step of making the reinforcement layer, the elliptical polarizing plate was made in the same way as in Example 1, and the cut end surface was observed.

(比較例2) (Comparison Example 2)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例7至9相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for omitting the step of making the reinforcement layer, the elliptical polarizing plate was made in the same way as in Examples 7 to 9, and the cut end surface was observed.

以下,對於實施例及比較例,顯示實施切割端面的觀察的結果。再者,表1中,層間距離係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離。 The following shows the results of the observation of the cut end surface for the embodiment and the comparative example. In addition, in Table 1, the interlayer distance refers to the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8.

[表1]

Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0081-20
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0082-16
[Table 1]
Figure 112105619-A0101-12-0081-20
Figure 112105619-A0305-12-0082-16

實施例1至12的橢圓偏光板,可在切割時不產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷地加工,且為加工特性良好的橢圓偏光板。 The elliptical polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 12 can be processed without producing defects such as undulations and cracks during cutting, and are elliptical polarizing plates with good processing characteristics.

1:橢圓偏光板 1: Elliptical polarizing plate

2:偏光層 2: Polarizing layer

3:黏接著劑層 3: Adhesive layer

4:λ/4相位差層 4:λ/4 phase difference layer

5:配向層 5: Orientation layer

6:垂直配向液晶硬化層 6: Vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer

7:垂直配向層 7: Vertical alignment layer

8:補強層 8: Reinforcement layer

Claims (9)

一種橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、黏接著劑層、λ/4相位差層、黏接著劑層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層及黏接著劑層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。 An elliptical polarizing plate, which sequentially comprises a polarizing layer, an adhesive layer, a λ/4 phase difference layer, an adhesive layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, a reinforcing layer and an adhesive layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that is aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer, and the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is less than 3μm. 一種橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、黏接著劑層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、黏接著劑層及λ/4相位差層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。 An elliptical polarizing plate comprises a polarizing layer, an adhesive layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, an adhesive layer and a λ /4 phase difference layer in sequence, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer, and the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer is less than 3 μm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離為5μm以下。 An elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer and the reinforcing layer is less than 5 μm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。 An elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the λ/4 phase difference layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal curing layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that is aligned in a horizontal direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至 少1種而成者。 The elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the reinforcing layer comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, cyclobutane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。 An elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the difference in the average refractive index in the plane at a wavelength of 550nm between adjacent layers is less than 0.20. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對 波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度。 An elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein, with respect to the λ/4 phase difference layer, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer, in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm, the following relationship exists: nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) wherein nxQ(λ) represents the principal refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the phase difference layer for light of wavelength λ(nm) in the refractive index ellipse formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer; nyQ(λ) ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, ReQ(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, and ReQ(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm. The in-plane phase difference value ReQ(λ) of the λ/4 phase difference layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm) is expressed by ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 phase difference layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率;nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係,RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) 式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度。 As described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, the elliptical polarizer, with respect to the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer, has the following relationship in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm in the refractive index ellipse formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal curing layer: nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) wherein nzV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer for light of wavelength λ(nm); nxV(λ) represents the refractive index of the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer for light of wavelength λ(nm); nyV(λ) represents the maximum refractive index for light of wavelength λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer; nyV(λ) represents the refractive index for light of wavelength λ(nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer and orthogonal to the direction of nxV in the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer; however, in the case of nxV(λ)=nyV(λ), nxV(λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer; and the following relationships (4) to (6) are satisfied: RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) Wherein, RthV(450) represents the phase difference in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=450nm, RthV(550) represents the phase difference in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=550nm, RthV(650) represents the phase difference in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ=650nm, and RthV(λ) represents the phase difference in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal curing layer for light with a wavelength of λ(nm). It is expressed as RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV; here, in the refractive index ellipse formed by the liquid crystal curing layer, nzV(λ) represents the principal refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm), "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" represents the average refractive index in the plane of the liquid crystal curing layer at a wavelength of λ(nm); dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer. 一種有機EL顯示裝置,係具備申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板。 An organic EL display device having an elliptical polarizing plate as described in any one of items 1 to 8 of the patent application scope.
TW112105619A 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate TWI870782B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-136581 2017-07-12
JP2017136581 2017-07-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202323879A TW202323879A (en) 2023-06-16
TWI870782B true TWI870782B (en) 2025-01-21

Family

ID=65001602

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107123702A TWI796342B (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate
TW112105619A TWI870782B (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107123702A TWI796342B (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6763916B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20200022032A (en)
CN (1) CN110869827B (en)
TW (2) TWI796342B (en)
WO (1) WO2019013092A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7302974B2 (en) * 2019-01-18 2023-07-04 住友化学株式会社 Laminate, elliptically polarizing plate and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP2020126226A (en) * 2019-02-04 2020-08-20 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and display device
JP7541435B2 (en) * 2019-03-05 2024-08-28 住友化学株式会社 Glass-backed circular polarizer
JP6800359B2 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-12-16 住友化学株式会社 Laminate
WO2020179372A1 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-10 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate and circularly polarizing plate with glass plate
JP7353052B2 (en) * 2019-03-27 2023-09-29 日東電工株式会社 Laminated optical film and its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2020173425A (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-10-22 Jsr株式会社 Laminate body, method for manufacturing laminate body, and method for manufacturing optical film
JP7312819B2 (en) * 2019-05-14 2023-07-21 三井化学株式会社 RESIN COMPOSITION FOR OPTICAL COMPONENTS, MOLDED PRODUCT, AND OPTICAL COMPONENT
JP7461122B2 (en) * 2019-09-17 2024-04-03 住友化学株式会社 Laminate and elliptically polarizing plate including same
CN114341680B (en) * 2019-09-23 2025-04-08 株式会社Lg化学 Polarizing Plate
JP7406977B2 (en) * 2019-12-23 2023-12-28 住友化学株式会社 Method for manufacturing optical laminates
CN115151847B (en) * 2020-02-20 2023-11-03 富士胶片株式会社 Optical laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2021179599A (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate
JP7600658B2 (en) * 2020-12-10 2024-12-17 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Laminated film for forming coating-type polarizing elements
JP7610988B2 (en) * 2021-01-19 2025-01-09 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate
KR102567054B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same
KR102567053B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same
JP7257461B2 (en) * 2021-07-29 2023-04-13 日東電工株式会社 optical laminate

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201509683A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-03-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201511959A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-04-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201518790A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-05-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
JP2015200861A (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Optically anisotropic layer and production method of the same, laminate and production method of laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07174919A (en) * 1993-10-28 1995-07-14 Teijin Ltd Production of phase-difference plate
JPH0821999A (en) * 1994-07-07 1996-01-23 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Liquid crystal display
US5672399A (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-09-30 Donaldson Company, Inc. Filter material construction and method
JP4110777B2 (en) * 2001-12-14 2008-07-02 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Laminated body and elliptically polarizing plate and display device using the same
JP4187616B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2008-11-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminated retardation optical element, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
JP2004109171A (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-04-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical film, method of manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display
JP2006189781A (en) * 2004-12-08 2006-07-20 Nitto Denko Corp Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
JP4708287B2 (en) * 2006-08-25 2011-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate, transfer material, liquid crystal display device, and polarized ultraviolet exposure device
CN101135745A (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-05 精工爱普生株式会社 Optical element, its manufacturing method, and projector
JP2009048157A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-03-05 Fujifilm Corp Liquid crystal display
JP4973234B2 (en) * 2007-02-22 2012-07-11 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
JP2008216782A (en) * 2007-03-06 2008-09-18 Nitto Denko Corp Optical laminate
WO2009008329A1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2009-01-15 Nitto Denko Corporation Polarization plate
KR100900643B1 (en) * 2008-03-28 2009-06-02 주식회사 엘지화학 Natural stone composite panel and its manufacturing method
JP2010066630A (en) * 2008-09-12 2010-03-25 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Method for manufacturing optical film, and optical film
WO2013081068A1 (en) * 2011-12-01 2013-06-06 住友ベークライト株式会社 Image display device
KR101731148B1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2017-04-27 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Optical film
CN104345368B (en) * 2013-08-09 2018-10-16 住友化学株式会社 Elliptical polarization plate
KR101747559B1 (en) * 2015-03-30 2017-06-14 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizing plate
KR102026551B1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2019-09-27 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Laminated body, solid-state image sensor, manufacturing method of a laminated body, kit
JP6606555B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-11-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, optical sensor, and kit

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201509683A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-03-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201511959A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-04-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201518790A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-05-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
JP2015200861A (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Optically anisotropic layer and production method of the same, laminate and production method of laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201908781A (en) 2019-03-01
KR102860164B1 (en) 2025-09-15
CN110869827B (en) 2023-06-06
JP7299746B2 (en) 2023-06-28
JP2019020725A (en) 2019-02-07
WO2019013092A1 (en) 2019-01-17
JP2019135561A (en) 2019-08-15
TW202323879A (en) 2023-06-16
KR20200022032A (en) 2020-03-02
KR20240005236A (en) 2024-01-11
JP6763916B2 (en) 2020-09-30
CN110869827A (en) 2020-03-06
TWI796342B (en) 2023-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI870782B (en) Elliptical polarizing plate
KR102747116B1 (en) Optical film and method of manufacturing the same
TWI723200B (en) Elliptically polarizing plate
TWI861217B (en) Laminated body and elliptical polarizing plate containing the same
TW201921001A (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function
TWI798354B (en) combination
TW202214429A (en) Optical laminate, and ellipsoidally polarizing plate including same
TWI892990B (en) Strip film
TW202010631A (en) Laminate
CN112585513B (en) Laminate comprising horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film
TW201921000A (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function for flexible display
JP7001379B2 (en) Functional transferable plastic film
TWI839166B (en) Composition, vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, laminate, elliptical polarizing plate and organic EL display device
CN116724255A (en) optical laminate
TW202140255A (en) An optical laminate